1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 236 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 238 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 239 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 240 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 241 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 242 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 243 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 244 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 245 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 246 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 247 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 248 249 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 250 #include "version.h" 251 252 253 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 254 /* 255 * Compare struct fst by function name. 256 */ 257 static int 258 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 259 { 260 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 261 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 262 263 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 264 } 265 266 /* 267 * Sort the function table by function name. 268 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 269 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 270 */ 271 static void 272 sortFunctions(void) 273 { 274 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 275 276 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 277 } 278 #endif 279 280 281 /* 282 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 283 */ 284 void 285 eval_init(void) 286 { 287 int i; 288 struct vimvar *p; 289 290 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 291 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 292 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 293 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 294 func_init(); 295 296 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 297 { 298 p = &vimvars[i]; 299 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 300 { 301 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 302 getout(1); 303 } 304 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 305 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 308 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 309 else 310 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 311 312 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 313 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 314 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 315 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 316 /* add to compat scope dict */ 317 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 318 } 319 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 320 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 323 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 324 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 325 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 331 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 341 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 342 343 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 344 345 #ifdef EBCDIC 346 /* 347 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 348 */ 349 sortFunctions(); 350 #endif 351 } 352 353 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 354 void 355 eval_clear(void) 356 { 357 int i; 358 struct vimvar *p; 359 360 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 361 { 362 p = &vimvars[i]; 363 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 364 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 365 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 366 { 367 list_unref(p->vv_list); 368 p->vv_list = NULL; 369 } 370 } 371 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 372 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 373 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 374 375 free_scriptnames(); 376 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 377 free_locales(); 378 # endif 379 380 /* global variables */ 381 vars_clear(&globvarht); 382 383 /* autoloaded script names */ 384 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 385 386 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 387 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 388 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 391 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 392 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 393 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 394 395 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 396 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 397 398 /* functions */ 399 free_all_functions(); 400 } 401 #endif 402 403 404 /* 405 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 406 * not already exist. 407 */ 408 void 409 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 410 { 411 char_u *val; 412 typval_T *tvp; 413 414 val = vim_strsave(value); 415 if (val != NULL) 416 { 417 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 418 if (tvp != NULL) 419 { 420 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 421 free_tv(tvp); 422 } 423 } 424 } 425 426 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 427 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 428 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 429 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 430 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 431 432 /* 433 * Start recording command output to a variable 434 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 435 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 436 */ 437 int 438 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 439 { 440 int save_emsg; 441 int err; 442 typval_T tv; 443 444 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 445 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 446 { 447 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 448 return FAIL; 449 } 450 451 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 452 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 453 if (redir_varname == NULL) 454 return FAIL; 455 456 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 457 if (redir_lval == NULL) 458 { 459 var_redir_stop(); 460 return FAIL; 461 } 462 463 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 464 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 465 466 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 467 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 468 FNE_CHECK_START); 469 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 470 { 471 clear_lval(redir_lval); 472 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 473 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 474 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 475 else 476 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 477 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 478 var_redir_stop(); 479 return FAIL; 480 } 481 482 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 483 * string */ 484 save_emsg = did_emsg; 485 did_emsg = FALSE; 486 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 487 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 488 if (append) 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 490 else 491 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 492 clear_lval(redir_lval); 493 err = did_emsg; 494 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 495 if (err) 496 { 497 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 498 var_redir_stop(); 499 return FAIL; 500 } 501 502 return OK; 503 } 504 505 /* 506 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 507 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 508 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 509 * memory to be used: 510 * :redir => foo 511 * :let foo 512 * :redir END 513 */ 514 void 515 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 516 { 517 int len; 518 519 if (redir_lval == NULL) 520 return; 521 522 if (value_len == -1) 523 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 524 else 525 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 526 527 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 528 { 529 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 530 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 531 } 532 else 533 var_redir_stop(); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 538 * Frees the allocated memory. 539 */ 540 void 541 var_redir_stop(void) 542 { 543 typval_T tv; 544 545 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 546 { 547 redir_lval = NULL; 548 return; 549 } 550 551 if (redir_lval != NULL) 552 { 553 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 554 if (redir_endp != NULL) 555 { 556 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 557 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 558 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 559 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 560 * have changed. */ 561 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 562 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 563 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 564 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 565 clear_lval(redir_lval); 566 } 567 568 /* free the collected output */ 569 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 570 571 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 572 } 573 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 574 } 575 576 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 577 int 578 eval_charconvert( 579 char_u *enc_from, 580 char_u *enc_to, 581 char_u *fname_from, 582 char_u *fname_to) 583 { 584 int err = FALSE; 585 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 590 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 591 err = TRUE; 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 596 597 if (err) 598 return FAIL; 599 return OK; 600 } 601 # endif 602 603 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 604 int 605 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 606 { 607 int err = FALSE; 608 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 611 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 612 err = TRUE; 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 615 616 if (err) 617 { 618 mch_remove(fname); 619 return FAIL; 620 } 621 return OK; 622 } 623 # endif 624 625 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 626 void 627 eval_diff( 628 char_u *origfile, 629 char_u *newfile, 630 char_u *outfile) 631 { 632 int err = FALSE; 633 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 637 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 641 } 642 643 void 644 eval_patch( 645 char_u *origfile, 646 char_u *difffile, 647 char_u *outfile) 648 { 649 int err; 650 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 654 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 658 } 659 # endif 660 661 /* 662 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 663 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 664 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 665 */ 666 int 667 eval_to_bool( 668 char_u *arg, 669 int *error, 670 char_u **nextcmd, 671 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 672 { 673 typval_T tv; 674 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 675 676 if (skip) 677 ++emsg_skip; 678 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 679 *error = TRUE; 680 else 681 { 682 *error = FALSE; 683 if (!skip) 684 { 685 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 686 clear_tv(&tv); 687 } 688 } 689 if (skip) 690 --emsg_skip; 691 692 return (int)retval; 693 } 694 695 static int 696 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 697 { 698 char_u *s; 699 int dummy; 700 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 701 702 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 703 { 704 s = expr->vval.v_string; 705 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 706 return FAIL; 707 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 708 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 709 return FAIL; 710 } 711 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 712 { 713 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 714 715 s = partial_name(partial); 716 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 717 return FAIL; 718 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 719 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 720 return FAIL; 721 } 722 else 723 { 724 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 725 if (s == NULL) 726 return FAIL; 727 s = skipwhite(s); 728 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 729 return FAIL; 730 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 731 { 732 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 733 return FAIL; 734 } 735 } 736 return OK; 737 } 738 739 /* 740 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 741 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 742 */ 743 int 744 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 745 { 746 typval_T rettv; 747 int res; 748 749 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 750 { 751 *error = TRUE; 752 return FALSE; 753 } 754 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 755 clear_tv(&rettv); 756 return res; 757 } 758 759 /* 760 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 761 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 762 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 763 */ 764 char_u * 765 eval_to_string_skip( 766 char_u *arg, 767 char_u **nextcmd, 768 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 769 { 770 typval_T tv; 771 char_u *retval; 772 773 if (skip) 774 ++emsg_skip; 775 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 776 retval = NULL; 777 else 778 { 779 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 780 clear_tv(&tv); 781 } 782 if (skip) 783 --emsg_skip; 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 790 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 791 */ 792 int 793 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 794 { 795 typval_T rettv; 796 797 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 798 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 803 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 804 * a Float to a String. 805 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 806 */ 807 char_u * 808 eval_to_string( 809 char_u *arg, 810 char_u **nextcmd, 811 int convert) 812 { 813 typval_T tv; 814 char_u *retval; 815 garray_T ga; 816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 817 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 818 #endif 819 820 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 821 retval = NULL; 822 else 823 { 824 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 825 { 826 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 827 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 828 { 829 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 830 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 831 ga_append(&ga, NL); 832 } 833 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 834 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 835 } 836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 837 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 838 { 839 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 840 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 841 } 842 #endif 843 else 844 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 845 clear_tv(&tv); 846 } 847 848 return retval; 849 } 850 851 /* 852 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 853 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 854 */ 855 char_u * 856 eval_to_string_safe( 857 char_u *arg, 858 char_u **nextcmd, 859 int use_sandbox) 860 { 861 char_u *retval; 862 void *save_funccalp; 863 864 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 865 if (use_sandbox) 866 ++sandbox; 867 ++textlock; 868 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 --sandbox; 871 --textlock; 872 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 873 return retval; 874 } 875 876 /* 877 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 878 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 879 * Returns -1 for an error. 880 */ 881 varnumber_T 882 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 883 { 884 typval_T rettv; 885 varnumber_T retval; 886 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 887 888 ++emsg_off; 889 890 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 891 retval = -1; 892 else 893 { 894 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 895 clear_tv(&rettv); 896 } 897 --emsg_off; 898 899 return retval; 900 } 901 902 /* 903 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 904 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 905 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 906 */ 907 static void 908 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 909 { 910 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 911 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 912 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 913 } 914 915 /* 916 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 917 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 918 */ 919 static void 920 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 921 { 922 hashitem_T *hi; 923 924 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 925 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 926 { 927 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 928 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 929 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 930 else 931 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 932 } 933 } 934 935 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 936 /* 937 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 938 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 939 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 940 */ 941 list_T * 942 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 943 { 944 typval_T save_val; 945 typval_T rettv; 946 list_T *list = NULL; 947 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 948 949 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 950 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 951 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 953 if (p_verbose == 0) 954 ++emsg_off; 955 956 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 957 { 958 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 959 clear_tv(&rettv); 960 else 961 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 962 } 963 964 if (p_verbose == 0) 965 --emsg_off; 966 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 967 968 return list; 969 } 970 971 /* 972 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 973 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 974 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 975 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 976 */ 977 int 978 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 979 { 980 listitem_T *li; 981 982 li = list->lv_first; 983 if (li == NULL) 984 return -1; 985 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 986 987 li = li->li_next; 988 if (li == NULL) 989 return -1; 990 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 991 } 992 #endif 993 994 /* 995 * Top level evaluation function. 996 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 997 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 998 */ 999 typval_T * 1000 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1001 { 1002 typval_T *tv; 1003 1004 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1005 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1006 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1007 1008 return tv; 1009 } 1010 1011 1012 /* 1013 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1014 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 1015 * arguments are currently supported. 1016 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1017 */ 1018 int 1019 call_vim_function( 1020 char_u *func, 1021 int argc, 1022 char_u **argv, 1023 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 1024 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 1025 typval_T *rettv) 1026 { 1027 typval_T *argvars; 1028 varnumber_T n; 1029 int len; 1030 int i; 1031 int doesrange; 1032 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 1033 int ret; 1034 1035 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 1036 if (argvars == NULL) 1037 return FAIL; 1038 1039 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 1040 { 1041 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 1042 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 1043 { 1044 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1045 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 1046 continue; 1047 } 1048 1049 if (str_arg_only) 1050 len = 0; 1051 else 1052 { 1053 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. A dash 1054 * is a string too. */ 1055 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 1056 if (len == 1 && *argv[i] == '-') 1057 len = 0; 1058 } 1059 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 1060 { 1061 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 1062 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 1063 } 1064 else 1065 { 1066 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1067 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 if (safe) 1072 { 1073 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1074 ++sandbox; 1075 } 1076 1077 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1078 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 1079 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1080 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1081 if (safe) 1082 { 1083 --sandbox; 1084 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1085 } 1086 vim_free(argvars); 1087 1088 if (ret == FAIL) 1089 clear_tv(rettv); 1090 1091 return ret; 1092 } 1093 1094 /* 1095 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1096 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1097 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1098 */ 1099 varnumber_T 1100 call_func_retnr( 1101 char_u *func, 1102 int argc, 1103 char_u **argv, 1104 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1105 { 1106 typval_T rettv; 1107 varnumber_T retval; 1108 1109 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1110 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1111 return -1; 1112 1113 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1114 clear_tv(&rettv); 1115 return retval; 1116 } 1117 1118 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1119 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1120 1121 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1122 /* 1123 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1124 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1125 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1126 */ 1127 void * 1128 call_func_retstr( 1129 char_u *func, 1130 int argc, 1131 char_u **argv, 1132 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1133 { 1134 typval_T rettv; 1135 char_u *retval; 1136 1137 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1138 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1139 return NULL; 1140 1141 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1142 clear_tv(&rettv); 1143 return retval; 1144 } 1145 # endif 1146 1147 /* 1148 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1149 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1150 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1151 */ 1152 void * 1153 call_func_retlist( 1154 char_u *func, 1155 int argc, 1156 char_u **argv, 1157 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1158 { 1159 typval_T rettv; 1160 1161 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1162 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1163 return NULL; 1164 1165 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1166 { 1167 clear_tv(&rettv); 1168 return NULL; 1169 } 1170 1171 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1172 } 1173 #endif 1174 1175 1176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1177 /* 1178 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1179 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1180 */ 1181 int 1182 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1183 { 1184 typval_T tv; 1185 varnumber_T retval; 1186 char_u *s; 1187 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1188 OPT_LOCAL); 1189 1190 ++emsg_off; 1191 if (use_sandbox) 1192 ++sandbox; 1193 ++textlock; 1194 *cp = NUL; 1195 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1196 retval = 0; 1197 else 1198 { 1199 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1200 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1201 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1202 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1203 retval = 0; 1204 else 1205 { 1206 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1207 * the number. */ 1208 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1209 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1210 *cp = *s++; 1211 retval = atol((char *)s); 1212 } 1213 clear_tv(&tv); 1214 } 1215 --emsg_off; 1216 if (use_sandbox) 1217 --sandbox; 1218 --textlock; 1219 1220 return (int)retval; 1221 } 1222 #endif 1223 1224 /* 1225 * ":let" list all variable values 1226 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1227 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1228 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1229 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1230 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1231 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1232 */ 1233 void 1234 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1235 { 1236 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1237 char_u *expr = NULL; 1238 typval_T rettv; 1239 int i; 1240 int var_count = 0; 1241 int semicolon = 0; 1242 char_u op[2]; 1243 char_u *argend; 1244 int first = TRUE; 1245 1246 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1247 if (argend == NULL) 1248 return; 1249 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1250 --argend; 1251 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1252 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1253 && expr[1] == '=')) 1254 { 1255 /* 1256 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1257 */ 1258 if (*arg == '[') 1259 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1260 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1261 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1262 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1263 else if (!eap->skip) 1264 { 1265 /* ":let" */ 1266 list_glob_vars(&first); 1267 list_buf_vars(&first); 1268 list_win_vars(&first); 1269 list_tab_vars(&first); 1270 list_script_vars(&first); 1271 list_func_vars(&first); 1272 list_vim_vars(&first); 1273 } 1274 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1275 } 1276 else 1277 { 1278 op[0] = '='; 1279 op[1] = NUL; 1280 if (*expr != '=') 1281 { 1282 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1283 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1284 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1285 } 1286 else 1287 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1288 1289 if (eap->skip) 1290 ++emsg_skip; 1291 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1292 if (eap->skip) 1293 { 1294 if (i != FAIL) 1295 clear_tv(&rettv); 1296 --emsg_skip; 1297 } 1298 else if (i != FAIL) 1299 { 1300 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1301 op); 1302 clear_tv(&rettv); 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 /* 1308 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1309 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1310 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1311 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1312 * or concatenate. 1313 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1314 */ 1315 static int 1316 ex_let_vars( 1317 char_u *arg_start, 1318 typval_T *tv, 1319 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1320 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1321 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1322 char_u *nextchars) 1323 { 1324 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1325 list_T *l; 1326 int i; 1327 listitem_T *item; 1328 typval_T ltv; 1329 1330 if (*arg != '[') 1331 { 1332 /* 1333 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1334 */ 1335 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1336 return FAIL; 1337 return OK; 1338 } 1339 1340 /* 1341 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1342 */ 1343 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1344 { 1345 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1346 return FAIL; 1347 } 1348 1349 i = list_len(l); 1350 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1351 { 1352 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1353 return FAIL; 1354 } 1355 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1356 { 1357 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1358 return FAIL; 1359 } 1360 1361 item = l->lv_first; 1362 while (*arg != ']') 1363 { 1364 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1365 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1366 item = item->li_next; 1367 if (arg == NULL) 1368 return FAIL; 1369 1370 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1371 if (*arg == ';') 1372 { 1373 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1374 * Create a new list for this. */ 1375 l = list_alloc(); 1376 if (l == NULL) 1377 return FAIL; 1378 while (item != NULL) 1379 { 1380 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1381 item = item->li_next; 1382 } 1383 1384 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1385 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1386 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1387 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1388 1389 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1390 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1391 clear_tv(<v); 1392 if (arg == NULL) 1393 return FAIL; 1394 break; 1395 } 1396 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1397 { 1398 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1399 return FAIL; 1400 } 1401 } 1402 1403 return OK; 1404 } 1405 1406 /* 1407 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1408 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1409 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1410 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1411 * Return NULL for an error. 1412 */ 1413 static char_u * 1414 skip_var_list( 1415 char_u *arg, 1416 int *var_count, 1417 int *semicolon) 1418 { 1419 char_u *p, *s; 1420 1421 if (*arg == '[') 1422 { 1423 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1424 p = arg; 1425 for (;;) 1426 { 1427 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1428 s = skip_var_one(p); 1429 if (s == p) 1430 { 1431 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1432 return NULL; 1433 } 1434 ++*var_count; 1435 1436 p = skipwhite(s); 1437 if (*p == ']') 1438 break; 1439 else if (*p == ';') 1440 { 1441 if (*semicolon == 1) 1442 { 1443 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1444 return NULL; 1445 } 1446 *semicolon = 1; 1447 } 1448 else if (*p != ',') 1449 { 1450 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1451 return NULL; 1452 } 1453 } 1454 return p + 1; 1455 } 1456 else 1457 return skip_var_one(arg); 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1462 * l[idx]. 1463 */ 1464 static char_u * 1465 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1466 { 1467 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1468 return arg + 2; 1469 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1470 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1471 } 1472 1473 /* 1474 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1475 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1476 */ 1477 void 1478 list_hashtable_vars( 1479 hashtab_T *ht, 1480 char_u *prefix, 1481 int empty, 1482 int *first) 1483 { 1484 hashitem_T *hi; 1485 dictitem_T *di; 1486 int todo; 1487 1488 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1489 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1490 { 1491 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1492 { 1493 --todo; 1494 di = HI2DI(hi); 1495 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1496 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1497 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1498 } 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 /* 1503 * List global variables. 1504 */ 1505 static void 1506 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1507 { 1508 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1509 } 1510 1511 /* 1512 * List buffer variables. 1513 */ 1514 static void 1515 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1516 { 1517 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1518 TRUE, first); 1519 } 1520 1521 /* 1522 * List window variables. 1523 */ 1524 static void 1525 list_win_vars(int *first) 1526 { 1527 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1528 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1529 } 1530 1531 /* 1532 * List tab page variables. 1533 */ 1534 static void 1535 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1536 { 1537 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1538 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1539 } 1540 1541 /* 1542 * List Vim variables. 1543 */ 1544 static void 1545 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1546 { 1547 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1548 } 1549 1550 /* 1551 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1552 */ 1553 static void 1554 list_script_vars(int *first) 1555 { 1556 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1557 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1558 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1559 } 1560 1561 /* 1562 * List variables in "arg". 1563 */ 1564 static char_u * 1565 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1566 { 1567 int error = FALSE; 1568 int len; 1569 char_u *name; 1570 char_u *name_start; 1571 char_u *arg_subsc; 1572 char_u *tofree; 1573 typval_T tv; 1574 1575 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1576 { 1577 if (error || eap->skip) 1578 { 1579 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1580 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1581 { 1582 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1583 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1584 break; 1585 } 1586 } 1587 else 1588 { 1589 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1590 name_start = name = arg; 1591 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1592 if (len <= 0) 1593 { 1594 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1595 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1596 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1597 { 1598 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1599 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1600 break; 1601 } 1602 error = TRUE; 1603 } 1604 else 1605 { 1606 if (tofree != NULL) 1607 name = tofree; 1608 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1609 error = TRUE; 1610 else 1611 { 1612 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1613 arg_subsc = arg; 1614 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1615 error = TRUE; 1616 else 1617 { 1618 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1619 { 1620 switch (*name) 1621 { 1622 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1623 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1624 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1625 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1626 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1627 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1628 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1629 default: 1630 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1631 } 1632 } 1633 else 1634 { 1635 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1636 char_u *tf; 1637 int c; 1638 char_u *s; 1639 1640 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1641 c = *arg; 1642 *arg = NUL; 1643 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1644 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1645 tv.v_type, 1646 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1647 first); 1648 *arg = c; 1649 vim_free(tf); 1650 } 1651 clear_tv(&tv); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 } 1655 1656 vim_free(tofree); 1657 } 1658 1659 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1660 } 1661 1662 return arg; 1663 } 1664 1665 /* 1666 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1667 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1668 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1669 */ 1670 static char_u * 1671 ex_let_one( 1672 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1673 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1674 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1675 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1676 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1677 { 1678 int c1; 1679 char_u *name; 1680 char_u *p; 1681 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1682 int len; 1683 int opt_flags; 1684 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1685 1686 /* 1687 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1688 */ 1689 if (*arg == '$') 1690 { 1691 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1692 ++arg; 1693 name = arg; 1694 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1695 if (len == 0) 1696 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1697 else 1698 { 1699 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1700 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1701 else if (endchars != NULL 1702 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1703 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1704 else if (!check_secure()) 1705 { 1706 c1 = name[len]; 1707 name[len] = NUL; 1708 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1709 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1710 { 1711 int mustfree = FALSE; 1712 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1713 1714 if (s != NULL) 1715 { 1716 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1717 if (mustfree) 1718 vim_free(s); 1719 } 1720 } 1721 if (p != NULL) 1722 { 1723 vim_setenv(name, p); 1724 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1725 init_homedir(); 1726 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1727 didset_vim = FALSE; 1728 else if (didset_vimruntime 1729 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1730 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1731 arg_end = arg; 1732 } 1733 name[len] = c1; 1734 vim_free(tofree); 1735 } 1736 } 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1741 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1742 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1743 */ 1744 else if (*arg == '&') 1745 { 1746 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1747 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1748 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1749 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1750 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1751 else 1752 { 1753 long n; 1754 int opt_type; 1755 long numval; 1756 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1757 char_u *s; 1758 1759 c1 = *p; 1760 *p = NUL; 1761 1762 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1763 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1764 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1765 { 1766 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1767 &stringval, opt_flags); 1768 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1769 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1770 { 1771 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1772 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1773 } 1774 else 1775 { 1776 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1777 { 1778 if (*op == '+') 1779 n = numval + n; 1780 else 1781 n = numval - n; 1782 } 1783 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1784 { 1785 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1786 vim_free(stringval); 1787 stringval = s; 1788 } 1789 } 1790 } 1791 if (s != NULL) 1792 { 1793 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1794 arg_end = p; 1795 } 1796 *p = c1; 1797 vim_free(stringval); 1798 } 1799 } 1800 1801 /* 1802 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1803 */ 1804 else if (*arg == '@') 1805 { 1806 ++arg; 1807 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1808 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1809 else if (endchars != NULL 1810 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1811 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1812 else 1813 { 1814 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1815 char_u *s; 1816 1817 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1818 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1819 { 1820 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1821 if (s != NULL) 1822 { 1823 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1824 vim_free(s); 1825 } 1826 } 1827 if (p != NULL) 1828 { 1829 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1830 arg_end = arg + 1; 1831 } 1832 vim_free(ptofree); 1833 } 1834 } 1835 1836 /* 1837 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1838 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1839 */ 1840 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1841 { 1842 lval_T lv; 1843 1844 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1845 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1846 { 1847 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1848 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1849 else 1850 { 1851 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1852 arg_end = p; 1853 } 1854 } 1855 clear_lval(&lv); 1856 } 1857 1858 else 1859 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1860 1861 return arg_end; 1862 } 1863 1864 /* 1865 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1866 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1867 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1868 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1869 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1870 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1871 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1872 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1873 * 1874 * flags: 1875 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1876 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1877 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1878 * 1879 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1880 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1881 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1882 */ 1883 char_u * 1884 get_lval( 1885 char_u *name, 1886 typval_T *rettv, 1887 lval_T *lp, 1888 int unlet, 1889 int skip, 1890 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1891 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1892 { 1893 char_u *p; 1894 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1895 int cc; 1896 dictitem_T *v; 1897 typval_T var1; 1898 typval_T var2; 1899 int empty1 = FALSE; 1900 listitem_T *ni; 1901 char_u *key = NULL; 1902 int len; 1903 hashtab_T *ht; 1904 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1905 1906 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1907 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1908 1909 if (skip) 1910 { 1911 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1912 lp->ll_name = name; 1913 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1914 } 1915 1916 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1917 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1918 if (expr_start != NULL) 1919 { 1920 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1921 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1922 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1923 { 1924 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1925 return NULL; 1926 } 1927 1928 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1929 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1930 { 1931 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1932 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1933 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1934 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1935 { 1936 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1937 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1938 return NULL; 1939 } 1940 } 1941 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1942 } 1943 else 1944 lp->ll_name = name; 1945 1946 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1947 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1948 return p; 1949 1950 cc = *p; 1951 *p = NUL; 1952 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1953 * as well. */ 1954 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1955 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1956 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1957 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1958 *p = cc; 1959 if (v == NULL) 1960 return NULL; 1961 1962 /* 1963 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1964 */ 1965 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1966 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1967 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1968 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1969 { 1970 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1971 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1972 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1973 { 1974 if (!quiet) 1975 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1976 return NULL; 1977 } 1978 if (lp->ll_range) 1979 { 1980 if (!quiet) 1981 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1982 return NULL; 1983 } 1984 1985 len = -1; 1986 if (*p == '.') 1987 { 1988 key = p + 1; 1989 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1990 ; 1991 if (len == 0) 1992 { 1993 if (!quiet) 1994 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1995 return NULL; 1996 } 1997 p = key + len; 1998 } 1999 else 2000 { 2001 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 2002 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2003 if (*p == ':') 2004 empty1 = TRUE; 2005 else 2006 { 2007 empty1 = FALSE; 2008 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2009 return NULL; 2010 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 2011 { 2012 /* not a number or string */ 2013 clear_tv(&var1); 2014 return NULL; 2015 } 2016 } 2017 2018 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 2019 if (*p == ':') 2020 { 2021 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2022 { 2023 if (!quiet) 2024 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 2025 clear_tv(&var1); 2026 return NULL; 2027 } 2028 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 2029 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 2030 { 2031 if (!quiet) 2032 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 2033 clear_tv(&var1); 2034 return NULL; 2035 } 2036 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2037 if (*p == ']') 2038 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 2039 else 2040 { 2041 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2042 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2043 { 2044 clear_tv(&var1); 2045 return NULL; 2046 } 2047 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2048 { 2049 /* not a number or string */ 2050 clear_tv(&var1); 2051 clear_tv(&var2); 2052 return NULL; 2053 } 2054 } 2055 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2056 } 2057 else 2058 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2059 2060 if (*p != ']') 2061 { 2062 if (!quiet) 2063 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2064 clear_tv(&var1); 2065 clear_tv(&var2); 2066 return NULL; 2067 } 2068 2069 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2070 ++p; 2071 } 2072 2073 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2074 { 2075 if (len == -1) 2076 { 2077 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2078 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2079 if (key == NULL) 2080 { 2081 clear_tv(&var1); 2082 return NULL; 2083 } 2084 } 2085 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2086 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2087 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2088 2089 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2090 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2091 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2092 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2093 { 2094 int prevval; 2095 int wrong; 2096 2097 if (len != -1) 2098 { 2099 prevval = key[len]; 2100 key[len] = NUL; 2101 } 2102 else 2103 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2104 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2105 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2106 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2107 || !valid_varname(key); 2108 if (len != -1) 2109 key[len] = prevval; 2110 if (wrong) 2111 return NULL; 2112 } 2113 2114 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2115 { 2116 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2117 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2118 { 2119 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2120 return NULL; 2121 } 2122 2123 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2124 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2125 { 2126 if (!quiet) 2127 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2128 clear_tv(&var1); 2129 return NULL; 2130 } 2131 if (len == -1) 2132 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2133 else 2134 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2135 clear_tv(&var1); 2136 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2137 p = NULL; 2138 break; 2139 } 2140 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2141 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2142 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2143 { 2144 clear_tv(&var1); 2145 return NULL; 2146 } 2147 2148 clear_tv(&var1); 2149 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2150 } 2151 else 2152 { 2153 /* 2154 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2155 */ 2156 if (empty1) 2157 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2158 else 2159 /* is number or string */ 2160 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2161 clear_tv(&var1); 2162 2163 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2164 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2165 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2166 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2167 { 2168 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2169 { 2170 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2171 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2172 } 2173 } 2174 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2175 { 2176 clear_tv(&var2); 2177 if (!quiet) 2178 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2179 return NULL; 2180 } 2181 2182 /* 2183 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2184 * index of a range. 2185 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2186 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2187 */ 2188 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2189 { 2190 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2191 /* is number or string */ 2192 clear_tv(&var2); 2193 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2194 { 2195 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2196 if (ni == NULL) 2197 { 2198 if (!quiet) 2199 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2200 return NULL; 2201 } 2202 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2203 } 2204 2205 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2206 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2207 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2208 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2209 { 2210 if (!quiet) 2211 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2212 return NULL; 2213 } 2214 } 2215 2216 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2217 } 2218 } 2219 2220 clear_tv(&var1); 2221 return p; 2222 } 2223 2224 /* 2225 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2226 */ 2227 void 2228 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2229 { 2230 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2231 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2232 } 2233 2234 /* 2235 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2236 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2237 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2238 */ 2239 static void 2240 set_var_lval( 2241 lval_T *lp, 2242 char_u *endp, 2243 typval_T *rettv, 2244 int copy, 2245 char_u *op) 2246 { 2247 int cc; 2248 listitem_T *ri; 2249 dictitem_T *di; 2250 2251 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2252 { 2253 cc = *endp; 2254 *endp = NUL; 2255 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2256 { 2257 typval_T tv; 2258 2259 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2260 di = NULL; 2261 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2262 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2263 { 2264 if ((di == NULL 2265 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2266 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2267 FALSE))) 2268 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2269 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2270 clear_tv(&tv); 2271 } 2272 } 2273 else 2274 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2275 *endp = cc; 2276 } 2277 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2278 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2279 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2280 ; 2281 else if (lp->ll_range) 2282 { 2283 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2284 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2285 2286 /* 2287 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2288 */ 2289 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2290 { 2291 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2292 return; 2293 ri = ri->li_next; 2294 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2295 break; 2296 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2297 ++ll_n1; 2298 } 2299 2300 /* 2301 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2302 */ 2303 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2304 { 2305 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2306 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2307 else 2308 { 2309 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2310 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2311 } 2312 ri = ri->li_next; 2313 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2314 break; 2315 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2316 { 2317 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2318 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2319 { 2320 ri = NULL; 2321 break; 2322 } 2323 } 2324 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2325 ++lp->ll_n1; 2326 } 2327 if (ri != NULL) 2328 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2329 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2330 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2331 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2332 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2333 } 2334 else 2335 { 2336 /* 2337 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2338 */ 2339 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2340 { 2341 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2342 { 2343 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2344 return; 2345 } 2346 2347 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2348 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2349 if (di == NULL) 2350 return; 2351 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2352 { 2353 vim_free(di); 2354 return; 2355 } 2356 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2357 } 2358 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2359 { 2360 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2361 return; 2362 } 2363 else 2364 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2365 2366 /* 2367 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2368 */ 2369 if (copy) 2370 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2371 else 2372 { 2373 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2374 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2375 init_tv(rettv); 2376 } 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 /* 2381 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2382 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2383 */ 2384 static int 2385 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2386 { 2387 varnumber_T n; 2388 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2389 char_u *s; 2390 2391 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2392 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2393 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2394 { 2395 switch (tv1->v_type) 2396 { 2397 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2398 case VAR_DICT: 2399 case VAR_FUNC: 2400 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2401 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2402 case VAR_JOB: 2403 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2404 break; 2405 2406 case VAR_LIST: 2407 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2408 break; 2409 /* List += List */ 2410 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2411 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2412 return OK; 2413 2414 case VAR_NUMBER: 2415 case VAR_STRING: 2416 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2417 break; 2418 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2419 { 2420 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2421 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2422 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2423 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2424 { 2425 float_T f = n; 2426 2427 if (*op == '+') 2428 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2429 else 2430 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2431 clear_tv(tv1); 2432 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2433 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2434 } 2435 else 2436 #endif 2437 { 2438 if (*op == '+') 2439 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2440 else 2441 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2442 clear_tv(tv1); 2443 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2444 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2445 } 2446 } 2447 else 2448 { 2449 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2450 break; 2451 2452 /* str .= str */ 2453 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2454 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2455 clear_tv(tv1); 2456 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2457 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2458 } 2459 return OK; 2460 2461 case VAR_FLOAT: 2462 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2463 { 2464 float_T f; 2465 2466 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2467 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2468 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2469 break; 2470 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2471 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2472 else 2473 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2474 if (*op == '+') 2475 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2476 else 2477 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2478 } 2479 #endif 2480 return OK; 2481 } 2482 } 2483 2484 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2485 return FAIL; 2486 } 2487 2488 /* 2489 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2490 * "arg" points to "var". 2491 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2492 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2493 */ 2494 void * 2495 eval_for_line( 2496 char_u *arg, 2497 int *errp, 2498 char_u **nextcmdp, 2499 int skip) 2500 { 2501 forinfo_T *fi; 2502 char_u *expr; 2503 typval_T tv; 2504 list_T *l; 2505 2506 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2507 2508 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2509 if (fi == NULL) 2510 return NULL; 2511 2512 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2513 if (expr == NULL) 2514 return fi; 2515 2516 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2517 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2518 { 2519 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2520 return fi; 2521 } 2522 2523 if (skip) 2524 ++emsg_skip; 2525 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2526 { 2527 *errp = FALSE; 2528 if (!skip) 2529 { 2530 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2531 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2532 { 2533 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2534 clear_tv(&tv); 2535 } 2536 else if (l == NULL) 2537 { 2538 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2539 clear_tv(&tv); 2540 } 2541 else 2542 { 2543 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2544 * list being used in "tv". */ 2545 fi->fi_list = l; 2546 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2547 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 } 2551 if (skip) 2552 --emsg_skip; 2553 2554 return fi; 2555 } 2556 2557 /* 2558 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2559 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2560 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2561 * something wrong. 2562 */ 2563 int 2564 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2565 { 2566 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2567 int result; 2568 listitem_T *item; 2569 2570 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2571 if (item == NULL) 2572 result = FALSE; 2573 else 2574 { 2575 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2576 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2577 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2578 } 2579 return result; 2580 } 2581 2582 /* 2583 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2584 */ 2585 void 2586 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2587 { 2588 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2589 2590 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2591 { 2592 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2593 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2594 } 2595 vim_free(fi); 2596 } 2597 2598 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2599 2600 void 2601 set_context_for_expression( 2602 expand_T *xp, 2603 char_u *arg, 2604 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2605 { 2606 int got_eq = FALSE; 2607 int c; 2608 char_u *p; 2609 2610 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2611 { 2612 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2613 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2614 { 2615 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2616 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2617 { 2618 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2619 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2620 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2621 break; 2622 } 2623 return; 2624 } 2625 } 2626 else 2627 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2628 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2629 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2630 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2631 { 2632 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2633 if (c == '&') 2634 { 2635 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2636 if (c == '&') 2637 { 2638 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2639 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2640 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2641 } 2642 else if (c != ' ') 2643 { 2644 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2645 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2646 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2647 2648 } 2649 } 2650 else if (c == '$') 2651 { 2652 /* environment variable */ 2653 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2654 } 2655 else if (c == '=') 2656 { 2657 got_eq = TRUE; 2658 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2659 } 2660 else if (c == '#' 2661 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2662 { 2663 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2664 break; 2665 } 2666 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2667 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2668 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2669 { 2670 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2671 break; 2672 } 2673 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2674 { 2675 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2676 { 2677 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2678 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2679 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2680 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2681 } 2682 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2683 { 2684 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2685 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2686 /* skip */ ; 2687 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2688 } 2689 else if (c == '|') 2690 { 2691 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2692 { 2693 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2694 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2695 } 2696 else 2697 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2698 } 2699 else 2700 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2701 } 2702 else 2703 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2704 * anyway. */ 2705 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2706 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2707 if (*arg != NUL) 2708 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2709 /* skip */ ; 2710 } 2711 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2712 } 2713 2714 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2715 2716 /* 2717 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2718 */ 2719 void 2720 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2721 { 2722 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2723 } 2724 2725 /* 2726 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2727 */ 2728 void 2729 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2730 { 2731 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2732 int deep = 2; 2733 2734 if (eap->forceit) 2735 deep = -1; 2736 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2737 { 2738 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2739 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2740 } 2741 2742 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2743 } 2744 2745 /* 2746 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2747 */ 2748 static void 2749 ex_unletlock( 2750 exarg_T *eap, 2751 char_u *argstart, 2752 int deep) 2753 { 2754 char_u *arg = argstart; 2755 char_u *name_end; 2756 int error = FALSE; 2757 lval_T lv; 2758 2759 do 2760 { 2761 if (*arg == '$') 2762 { 2763 char_u *name = ++arg; 2764 2765 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2766 { 2767 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2768 return; 2769 } 2770 vim_unsetenv(name); 2771 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2772 continue; 2773 } 2774 2775 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2776 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2777 FNE_CHECK_START); 2778 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2779 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2780 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2781 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2782 { 2783 if (name_end != NULL) 2784 { 2785 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2786 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2787 } 2788 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2789 clear_lval(&lv); 2790 break; 2791 } 2792 2793 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2794 { 2795 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2796 { 2797 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2798 error = TRUE; 2799 } 2800 else 2801 { 2802 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2803 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2804 error = TRUE; 2805 } 2806 } 2807 2808 if (!eap->skip) 2809 clear_lval(&lv); 2810 2811 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2812 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2813 2814 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2815 } 2816 2817 static int 2818 do_unlet_var( 2819 lval_T *lp, 2820 char_u *name_end, 2821 int forceit) 2822 { 2823 int ret = OK; 2824 int cc; 2825 2826 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2827 { 2828 cc = *name_end; 2829 *name_end = NUL; 2830 2831 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2832 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2833 ret = FAIL; 2834 *name_end = cc; 2835 } 2836 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2837 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2838 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2839 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2840 return FAIL; 2841 else if (lp->ll_range) 2842 { 2843 listitem_T *li; 2844 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2845 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2846 2847 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2848 { 2849 li = ll_li->li_next; 2850 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2851 return FAIL; 2852 ll_li = li; 2853 ++ll_n1; 2854 } 2855 2856 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2857 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2858 { 2859 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2860 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2861 lp->ll_li = li; 2862 ++lp->ll_n1; 2863 } 2864 } 2865 else 2866 { 2867 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2868 /* unlet a List item. */ 2869 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2870 else 2871 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2872 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2873 } 2874 2875 return ret; 2876 } 2877 2878 /* 2879 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2880 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2881 */ 2882 int 2883 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2884 { 2885 hashtab_T *ht; 2886 hashitem_T *hi; 2887 char_u *varname; 2888 dict_T *d; 2889 dictitem_T *di; 2890 2891 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2892 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2893 { 2894 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2895 if (d == NULL) 2896 { 2897 if (ht == &globvarht) 2898 d = &globvardict; 2899 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2900 d = &vimvardict; 2901 else 2902 { 2903 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2904 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2905 } 2906 if (d == NULL) 2907 { 2908 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2909 return FAIL; 2910 } 2911 } 2912 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2913 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2914 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2915 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2916 { 2917 di = HI2DI(hi); 2918 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2919 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2920 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2921 return FAIL; 2922 2923 delete_var(ht, hi); 2924 return OK; 2925 } 2926 } 2927 if (forceit) 2928 return OK; 2929 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2930 return FAIL; 2931 } 2932 2933 /* 2934 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2935 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2936 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2937 */ 2938 static int 2939 do_lock_var( 2940 lval_T *lp, 2941 char_u *name_end, 2942 int deep, 2943 int lock) 2944 { 2945 int ret = OK; 2946 int cc; 2947 dictitem_T *di; 2948 2949 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2950 return OK; 2951 2952 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2953 { 2954 cc = *name_end; 2955 *name_end = NUL; 2956 2957 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2958 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2959 if (di == NULL) 2960 ret = FAIL; 2961 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2962 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2963 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2964 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2965 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2966 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2967 else 2968 { 2969 if (lock) 2970 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2971 else 2972 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2973 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2974 } 2975 *name_end = cc; 2976 } 2977 else if (lp->ll_range) 2978 { 2979 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2980 2981 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2982 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2983 { 2984 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2985 li = li->li_next; 2986 ++lp->ll_n1; 2987 } 2988 } 2989 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2990 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2991 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2992 else 2993 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2994 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2995 2996 return ret; 2997 } 2998 2999 /* 3000 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 3001 */ 3002 static void 3003 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 3004 { 3005 static int recurse = 0; 3006 list_T *l; 3007 listitem_T *li; 3008 dict_T *d; 3009 hashitem_T *hi; 3010 int todo; 3011 3012 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 3013 { 3014 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 3015 return; 3016 } 3017 if (deep == 0) 3018 return; 3019 ++recurse; 3020 3021 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 3022 if (lock) 3023 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3024 else 3025 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3026 3027 switch (tv->v_type) 3028 { 3029 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 3030 case VAR_NUMBER: 3031 case VAR_STRING: 3032 case VAR_FUNC: 3033 case VAR_PARTIAL: 3034 case VAR_FLOAT: 3035 case VAR_SPECIAL: 3036 case VAR_JOB: 3037 case VAR_CHANNEL: 3038 break; 3039 3040 case VAR_LIST: 3041 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3042 { 3043 if (lock) 3044 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3045 else 3046 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3047 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3048 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3049 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3050 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3051 } 3052 break; 3053 case VAR_DICT: 3054 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3055 { 3056 if (lock) 3057 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3058 else 3059 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3060 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3061 { 3062 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3063 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3064 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3065 { 3066 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3067 { 3068 --todo; 3069 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3070 } 3071 } 3072 } 3073 } 3074 } 3075 --recurse; 3076 } 3077 3078 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3079 /* 3080 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3081 */ 3082 void 3083 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3084 { 3085 hashitem_T *hi; 3086 int todo; 3087 3088 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3089 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3090 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3091 { 3092 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3093 { 3094 --todo; 3095 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3096 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3097 } 3098 } 3099 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3100 } 3101 #endif 3102 3103 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3104 3105 /* 3106 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3107 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3108 * get_user_var_name(). 3109 */ 3110 3111 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3112 3113 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3114 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3115 3116 /* 3117 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3118 */ 3119 static char_u * 3120 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3121 { 3122 int len; 3123 3124 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3125 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3126 { 3127 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3128 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3129 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3130 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3131 { 3132 varnamebuflen = 0; 3133 return NULL; 3134 } 3135 varnamebuflen = len; 3136 } 3137 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3138 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3139 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3140 return varnamebuf; 3141 } 3142 3143 /* 3144 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3145 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3146 */ 3147 char_u * 3148 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3149 { 3150 static long_u gdone; 3151 static long_u bdone; 3152 static long_u wdone; 3153 static long_u tdone; 3154 static int vidx; 3155 static hashitem_T *hi; 3156 hashtab_T *ht; 3157 3158 if (idx == 0) 3159 { 3160 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3161 tdone = 0; 3162 } 3163 3164 /* Global variables */ 3165 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3166 { 3167 if (gdone++ == 0) 3168 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3169 else 3170 ++hi; 3171 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3172 ++hi; 3173 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3174 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3175 return hi->hi_key; 3176 } 3177 3178 /* b: variables */ 3179 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3180 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3181 { 3182 if (bdone++ == 0) 3183 hi = ht->ht_array; 3184 else 3185 ++hi; 3186 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3187 ++hi; 3188 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3189 } 3190 3191 /* w: variables */ 3192 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3193 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3194 { 3195 if (wdone++ == 0) 3196 hi = ht->ht_array; 3197 else 3198 ++hi; 3199 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3200 ++hi; 3201 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3202 } 3203 3204 /* t: variables */ 3205 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3206 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3207 { 3208 if (tdone++ == 0) 3209 hi = ht->ht_array; 3210 else 3211 ++hi; 3212 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3213 ++hi; 3214 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3215 } 3216 3217 /* v: variables */ 3218 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3219 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3220 3221 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3222 varnamebuflen = 0; 3223 return NULL; 3224 } 3225 3226 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3227 3228 /* 3229 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3230 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3231 */ 3232 static int 3233 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3234 { 3235 int matches = FALSE; 3236 char_u *save_cpo; 3237 regmatch_T regmatch; 3238 3239 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3240 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3241 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3242 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3243 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3244 { 3245 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3246 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3247 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3248 } 3249 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3250 return matches; 3251 } 3252 3253 /* 3254 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3255 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3256 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3257 */ 3258 3259 /* 3260 * Handle zero level expression. 3261 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3262 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3263 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3264 * Return OK or FAIL. 3265 */ 3266 int 3267 eval0( 3268 char_u *arg, 3269 typval_T *rettv, 3270 char_u **nextcmd, 3271 int evaluate) 3272 { 3273 int ret; 3274 char_u *p; 3275 3276 p = skipwhite(arg); 3277 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3278 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3279 { 3280 if (ret != FAIL) 3281 clear_tv(rettv); 3282 /* 3283 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3284 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3285 * exception. 3286 */ 3287 if (!aborting()) 3288 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3289 ret = FAIL; 3290 } 3291 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3292 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3293 3294 return ret; 3295 } 3296 3297 /* 3298 * Handle top level expression: 3299 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3300 * 3301 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3302 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3303 * 3304 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3305 * 3306 * Return OK or FAIL. 3307 */ 3308 int 3309 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3310 { 3311 int result; 3312 typval_T var2; 3313 3314 /* 3315 * Get the first variable. 3316 */ 3317 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3318 return FAIL; 3319 3320 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3321 { 3322 result = FALSE; 3323 if (evaluate) 3324 { 3325 int error = FALSE; 3326 3327 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3328 result = TRUE; 3329 clear_tv(rettv); 3330 if (error) 3331 return FAIL; 3332 } 3333 3334 /* 3335 * Get the second variable. 3336 */ 3337 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3338 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3339 return FAIL; 3340 3341 /* 3342 * Check for the ":". 3343 */ 3344 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3345 { 3346 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3347 if (evaluate && result) 3348 clear_tv(rettv); 3349 return FAIL; 3350 } 3351 3352 /* 3353 * Get the third variable. 3354 */ 3355 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3356 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3357 { 3358 if (evaluate && result) 3359 clear_tv(rettv); 3360 return FAIL; 3361 } 3362 if (evaluate && !result) 3363 *rettv = var2; 3364 } 3365 3366 return OK; 3367 } 3368 3369 /* 3370 * Handle first level expression: 3371 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3372 * 3373 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3374 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3375 * 3376 * Return OK or FAIL. 3377 */ 3378 static int 3379 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3380 { 3381 typval_T var2; 3382 long result; 3383 int first; 3384 int error = FALSE; 3385 3386 /* 3387 * Get the first variable. 3388 */ 3389 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3390 return FAIL; 3391 3392 /* 3393 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3394 */ 3395 first = TRUE; 3396 result = FALSE; 3397 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3398 { 3399 if (evaluate && first) 3400 { 3401 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3402 result = TRUE; 3403 clear_tv(rettv); 3404 if (error) 3405 return FAIL; 3406 first = FALSE; 3407 } 3408 3409 /* 3410 * Get the second variable. 3411 */ 3412 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3413 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3414 return FAIL; 3415 3416 /* 3417 * Compute the result. 3418 */ 3419 if (evaluate && !result) 3420 { 3421 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3422 result = TRUE; 3423 clear_tv(&var2); 3424 if (error) 3425 return FAIL; 3426 } 3427 if (evaluate) 3428 { 3429 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3430 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3431 } 3432 } 3433 3434 return OK; 3435 } 3436 3437 /* 3438 * Handle second level expression: 3439 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3440 * 3441 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3442 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3443 * 3444 * Return OK or FAIL. 3445 */ 3446 static int 3447 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3448 { 3449 typval_T var2; 3450 long result; 3451 int first; 3452 int error = FALSE; 3453 3454 /* 3455 * Get the first variable. 3456 */ 3457 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3458 return FAIL; 3459 3460 /* 3461 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3462 */ 3463 first = TRUE; 3464 result = TRUE; 3465 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3466 { 3467 if (evaluate && first) 3468 { 3469 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3470 result = FALSE; 3471 clear_tv(rettv); 3472 if (error) 3473 return FAIL; 3474 first = FALSE; 3475 } 3476 3477 /* 3478 * Get the second variable. 3479 */ 3480 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3481 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3482 return FAIL; 3483 3484 /* 3485 * Compute the result. 3486 */ 3487 if (evaluate && result) 3488 { 3489 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3490 result = FALSE; 3491 clear_tv(&var2); 3492 if (error) 3493 return FAIL; 3494 } 3495 if (evaluate) 3496 { 3497 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3498 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3499 } 3500 } 3501 3502 return OK; 3503 } 3504 3505 /* 3506 * Handle third level expression: 3507 * var1 == var2 3508 * var1 =~ var2 3509 * var1 != var2 3510 * var1 !~ var2 3511 * var1 > var2 3512 * var1 >= var2 3513 * var1 < var2 3514 * var1 <= var2 3515 * var1 is var2 3516 * var1 isnot var2 3517 * 3518 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3519 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3520 * 3521 * Return OK or FAIL. 3522 */ 3523 static int 3524 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3525 { 3526 typval_T var2; 3527 char_u *p; 3528 int i; 3529 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3530 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3531 int len = 2; 3532 int ic; 3533 3534 /* 3535 * Get the first variable. 3536 */ 3537 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3538 return FAIL; 3539 3540 p = *arg; 3541 switch (p[0]) 3542 { 3543 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3544 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3545 else if (p[1] == '~') 3546 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3547 break; 3548 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3549 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3550 else if (p[1] == '~') 3551 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3552 break; 3553 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3554 { 3555 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3556 len = 1; 3557 } 3558 else 3559 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3560 break; 3561 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3562 { 3563 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3564 len = 1; 3565 } 3566 else 3567 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3568 break; 3569 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3570 { 3571 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3572 len = 5; 3573 i = p[len]; 3574 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3575 { 3576 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3577 type_is = TRUE; 3578 } 3579 } 3580 break; 3581 } 3582 3583 /* 3584 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3585 */ 3586 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3587 { 3588 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3589 if (p[len] == '?') 3590 { 3591 ic = TRUE; 3592 ++len; 3593 } 3594 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3595 else if (p[len] == '#') 3596 { 3597 ic = FALSE; 3598 ++len; 3599 } 3600 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3601 else 3602 ic = p_ic; 3603 3604 /* 3605 * Get the second variable. 3606 */ 3607 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3608 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3609 { 3610 clear_tv(rettv); 3611 return FAIL; 3612 } 3613 if (evaluate) 3614 { 3615 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3616 3617 clear_tv(&var2); 3618 return ret; 3619 } 3620 } 3621 3622 return OK; 3623 } 3624 3625 /* 3626 * Handle fourth level expression: 3627 * + number addition 3628 * - number subtraction 3629 * . string concatenation 3630 * 3631 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3632 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3633 * 3634 * Return OK or FAIL. 3635 */ 3636 static int 3637 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3638 { 3639 typval_T var2; 3640 typval_T var3; 3641 int op; 3642 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3643 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3644 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3645 #endif 3646 char_u *s1, *s2; 3647 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3648 char_u *p; 3649 3650 /* 3651 * Get the first variable. 3652 */ 3653 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3654 return FAIL; 3655 3656 /* 3657 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3658 */ 3659 for (;;) 3660 { 3661 op = **arg; 3662 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3663 break; 3664 3665 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3666 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3667 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3668 #endif 3669 ) 3670 { 3671 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3672 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3673 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3674 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3675 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3676 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3677 * side effects after an error. */ 3678 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3679 { 3680 clear_tv(rettv); 3681 return FAIL; 3682 } 3683 } 3684 3685 /* 3686 * Get the second variable. 3687 */ 3688 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3689 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3690 { 3691 clear_tv(rettv); 3692 return FAIL; 3693 } 3694 3695 if (evaluate) 3696 { 3697 /* 3698 * Compute the result. 3699 */ 3700 if (op == '.') 3701 { 3702 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3703 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3704 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3705 { 3706 clear_tv(rettv); 3707 clear_tv(&var2); 3708 return FAIL; 3709 } 3710 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3711 clear_tv(rettv); 3712 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3713 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3714 } 3715 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3716 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3717 { 3718 /* concatenate Lists */ 3719 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3720 &var3) == FAIL) 3721 { 3722 clear_tv(rettv); 3723 clear_tv(&var2); 3724 return FAIL; 3725 } 3726 clear_tv(rettv); 3727 *rettv = var3; 3728 } 3729 else 3730 { 3731 int error = FALSE; 3732 3733 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3734 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3735 { 3736 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3737 n1 = 0; 3738 } 3739 else 3740 #endif 3741 { 3742 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3743 if (error) 3744 { 3745 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3746 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3747 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3748 clear_tv(rettv); 3749 return FAIL; 3750 } 3751 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3752 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3753 f1 = n1; 3754 #endif 3755 } 3756 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3757 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3758 { 3759 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3760 n2 = 0; 3761 } 3762 else 3763 #endif 3764 { 3765 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3766 if (error) 3767 { 3768 clear_tv(rettv); 3769 clear_tv(&var2); 3770 return FAIL; 3771 } 3772 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3773 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3774 f2 = n2; 3775 #endif 3776 } 3777 clear_tv(rettv); 3778 3779 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3780 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3781 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3782 { 3783 if (op == '+') 3784 f1 = f1 + f2; 3785 else 3786 f1 = f1 - f2; 3787 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3788 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3789 } 3790 else 3791 #endif 3792 { 3793 if (op == '+') 3794 n1 = n1 + n2; 3795 else 3796 n1 = n1 - n2; 3797 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3798 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3799 } 3800 } 3801 clear_tv(&var2); 3802 } 3803 } 3804 return OK; 3805 } 3806 3807 /* 3808 * Handle fifth level expression: 3809 * * number multiplication 3810 * / number division 3811 * % number modulo 3812 * 3813 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3814 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3815 * 3816 * Return OK or FAIL. 3817 */ 3818 static int 3819 eval6( 3820 char_u **arg, 3821 typval_T *rettv, 3822 int evaluate, 3823 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3824 { 3825 typval_T var2; 3826 int op; 3827 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3828 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3829 int use_float = FALSE; 3830 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3831 #endif 3832 int error = FALSE; 3833 3834 /* 3835 * Get the first variable. 3836 */ 3837 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3838 return FAIL; 3839 3840 /* 3841 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3842 */ 3843 for (;;) 3844 { 3845 op = **arg; 3846 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3847 break; 3848 3849 if (evaluate) 3850 { 3851 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3852 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3853 { 3854 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3855 use_float = TRUE; 3856 n1 = 0; 3857 } 3858 else 3859 #endif 3860 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3861 clear_tv(rettv); 3862 if (error) 3863 return FAIL; 3864 } 3865 else 3866 n1 = 0; 3867 3868 /* 3869 * Get the second variable. 3870 */ 3871 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3872 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3873 return FAIL; 3874 3875 if (evaluate) 3876 { 3877 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3878 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3879 { 3880 if (!use_float) 3881 { 3882 f1 = n1; 3883 use_float = TRUE; 3884 } 3885 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3886 n2 = 0; 3887 } 3888 else 3889 #endif 3890 { 3891 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3892 clear_tv(&var2); 3893 if (error) 3894 return FAIL; 3895 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3896 if (use_float) 3897 f2 = n2; 3898 #endif 3899 } 3900 3901 /* 3902 * Compute the result. 3903 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3904 */ 3905 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3906 if (use_float) 3907 { 3908 if (op == '*') 3909 f1 = f1 * f2; 3910 else if (op == '/') 3911 { 3912 # ifdef VMS 3913 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3914 if (f2 == 0.0) 3915 { 3916 if (f1 == 0) 3917 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3918 else if (f1 < 0) 3919 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3920 else 3921 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3922 } 3923 else 3924 f1 = f1 / f2; 3925 # else 3926 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3927 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3928 f1 = f1 / f2; 3929 # endif 3930 } 3931 else 3932 { 3933 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3934 return FAIL; 3935 } 3936 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3937 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3938 } 3939 else 3940 #endif 3941 { 3942 if (op == '*') 3943 n1 = n1 * n2; 3944 else if (op == '/') 3945 { 3946 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3947 { 3948 if (n1 == 0) 3949 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3950 else if (n1 < 0) 3951 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3952 else 3953 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3954 } 3955 else 3956 n1 = n1 / n2; 3957 } 3958 else 3959 { 3960 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3961 n1 = 0; 3962 else 3963 n1 = n1 % n2; 3964 } 3965 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3966 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3967 } 3968 } 3969 } 3970 3971 return OK; 3972 } 3973 3974 /* 3975 * Handle sixth level expression: 3976 * number number constant 3977 * "string" string constant 3978 * 'string' literal string constant 3979 * &option-name option value 3980 * @r register contents 3981 * identifier variable value 3982 * function() function call 3983 * $VAR environment variable 3984 * (expression) nested expression 3985 * [expr, expr] List 3986 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3987 * 3988 * Also handle: 3989 * ! in front logical NOT 3990 * - in front unary minus 3991 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3992 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3993 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3994 * 3995 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3996 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3997 * 3998 * Return OK or FAIL. 3999 */ 4000 static int 4001 eval7( 4002 char_u **arg, 4003 typval_T *rettv, 4004 int evaluate, 4005 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4006 { 4007 varnumber_T n; 4008 int len; 4009 char_u *s; 4010 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4011 int ret = OK; 4012 char_u *alias; 4013 4014 /* 4015 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4016 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4017 */ 4018 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4019 4020 /* 4021 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4022 */ 4023 start_leader = *arg; 4024 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4025 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4026 end_leader = *arg; 4027 4028 switch (**arg) 4029 { 4030 /* 4031 * Number constant. 4032 */ 4033 case '0': 4034 case '1': 4035 case '2': 4036 case '3': 4037 case '4': 4038 case '5': 4039 case '6': 4040 case '7': 4041 case '8': 4042 case '9': 4043 { 4044 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4045 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4046 int get_float = FALSE; 4047 4048 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4049 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4050 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4051 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4052 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4053 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4054 { 4055 get_float = TRUE; 4056 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4057 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4058 { 4059 ++p; 4060 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4061 ++p; 4062 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4063 get_float = FALSE; 4064 else 4065 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4066 } 4067 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4068 get_float = FALSE; 4069 } 4070 if (get_float) 4071 { 4072 float_T f; 4073 4074 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4075 if (evaluate) 4076 { 4077 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4078 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4079 } 4080 } 4081 else 4082 #endif 4083 { 4084 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4085 *arg += len; 4086 if (evaluate) 4087 { 4088 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4089 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4090 } 4091 } 4092 break; 4093 } 4094 4095 /* 4096 * String constant: "string". 4097 */ 4098 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4099 break; 4100 4101 /* 4102 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4103 */ 4104 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4105 break; 4106 4107 /* 4108 * List: [expr, expr] 4109 */ 4110 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4111 break; 4112 4113 /* 4114 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4115 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4116 */ 4117 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4118 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4119 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4120 break; 4121 4122 /* 4123 * Option value: &name 4124 */ 4125 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4126 break; 4127 4128 /* 4129 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4130 */ 4131 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4132 break; 4133 4134 /* 4135 * Register contents: @r. 4136 */ 4137 case '@': ++*arg; 4138 if (evaluate) 4139 { 4140 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4141 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4142 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4143 } 4144 if (**arg != NUL) 4145 ++*arg; 4146 break; 4147 4148 /* 4149 * nested expression: (expression). 4150 */ 4151 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4152 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4153 if (**arg == ')') 4154 ++*arg; 4155 else if (ret == OK) 4156 { 4157 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4158 clear_tv(rettv); 4159 ret = FAIL; 4160 } 4161 break; 4162 4163 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4164 break; 4165 } 4166 4167 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4168 { 4169 /* 4170 * Must be a variable or function name. 4171 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4172 */ 4173 s = *arg; 4174 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4175 if (alias != NULL) 4176 s = alias; 4177 4178 if (len <= 0) 4179 ret = FAIL; 4180 else 4181 { 4182 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4183 { 4184 partial_T *partial; 4185 4186 if (!evaluate) 4187 check_vars(s, len); 4188 4189 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4190 * use its contents. */ 4191 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4192 4193 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4194 * the name invalid. */ 4195 s = vim_strsave(s); 4196 if (s == NULL) 4197 ret = FAIL; 4198 else 4199 /* Invoke the function. */ 4200 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4201 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4202 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4203 vim_free(s); 4204 4205 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4206 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4207 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4208 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4209 { 4210 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4211 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4212 } 4213 4214 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4215 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4216 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4217 if (aborting()) 4218 { 4219 if (ret == OK) 4220 clear_tv(rettv); 4221 ret = FAIL; 4222 } 4223 } 4224 else if (evaluate) 4225 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4226 else 4227 { 4228 check_vars(s, len); 4229 ret = OK; 4230 } 4231 } 4232 vim_free(alias); 4233 } 4234 4235 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4236 4237 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4238 * expr(expr). */ 4239 if (ret == OK) 4240 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4241 4242 /* 4243 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4244 */ 4245 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4246 { 4247 int error = FALSE; 4248 varnumber_T val = 0; 4249 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4250 float_T f = 0.0; 4251 4252 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4253 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4254 else 4255 #endif 4256 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4257 if (error) 4258 { 4259 clear_tv(rettv); 4260 ret = FAIL; 4261 } 4262 else 4263 { 4264 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4265 { 4266 --end_leader; 4267 if (*end_leader == '!') 4268 { 4269 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4270 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4271 f = !f; 4272 else 4273 #endif 4274 val = !val; 4275 } 4276 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4277 { 4278 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4279 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4280 f = -f; 4281 else 4282 #endif 4283 val = -val; 4284 } 4285 } 4286 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4287 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4288 { 4289 clear_tv(rettv); 4290 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4291 } 4292 else 4293 #endif 4294 { 4295 clear_tv(rettv); 4296 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4297 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4298 } 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 return ret; 4303 } 4304 4305 /* 4306 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4307 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4308 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4309 */ 4310 static int 4311 eval_index( 4312 char_u **arg, 4313 typval_T *rettv, 4314 int evaluate, 4315 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4316 { 4317 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4318 typval_T var1, var2; 4319 long n1, n2 = 0; 4320 long len = -1; 4321 int range = FALSE; 4322 char_u *s; 4323 char_u *key = NULL; 4324 4325 switch (rettv->v_type) 4326 { 4327 case VAR_FUNC: 4328 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4329 if (verbose) 4330 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4331 return FAIL; 4332 case VAR_FLOAT: 4333 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4334 if (verbose) 4335 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4336 return FAIL; 4337 #endif 4338 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4339 case VAR_JOB: 4340 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4341 if (verbose) 4342 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4343 return FAIL; 4344 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4345 if (evaluate) 4346 return FAIL; 4347 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4348 4349 case VAR_STRING: 4350 case VAR_NUMBER: 4351 case VAR_LIST: 4352 case VAR_DICT: 4353 break; 4354 } 4355 4356 init_tv(&var1); 4357 init_tv(&var2); 4358 if (**arg == '.') 4359 { 4360 /* 4361 * dict.name 4362 */ 4363 key = *arg + 1; 4364 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4365 ; 4366 if (len == 0) 4367 return FAIL; 4368 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4369 } 4370 else 4371 { 4372 /* 4373 * something[idx] 4374 * 4375 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4376 */ 4377 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4378 if (**arg == ':') 4379 empty1 = TRUE; 4380 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4381 return FAIL; 4382 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4383 { 4384 /* not a number or string */ 4385 clear_tv(&var1); 4386 return FAIL; 4387 } 4388 4389 /* 4390 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4391 */ 4392 if (**arg == ':') 4393 { 4394 range = TRUE; 4395 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4396 if (**arg == ']') 4397 empty2 = TRUE; 4398 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4399 { 4400 if (!empty1) 4401 clear_tv(&var1); 4402 return FAIL; 4403 } 4404 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4405 { 4406 /* not a number or string */ 4407 if (!empty1) 4408 clear_tv(&var1); 4409 clear_tv(&var2); 4410 return FAIL; 4411 } 4412 } 4413 4414 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4415 if (**arg != ']') 4416 { 4417 if (verbose) 4418 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4419 clear_tv(&var1); 4420 if (range) 4421 clear_tv(&var2); 4422 return FAIL; 4423 } 4424 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4425 } 4426 4427 if (evaluate) 4428 { 4429 n1 = 0; 4430 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4431 { 4432 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4433 clear_tv(&var1); 4434 } 4435 if (range) 4436 { 4437 if (empty2) 4438 n2 = -1; 4439 else 4440 { 4441 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4442 clear_tv(&var2); 4443 } 4444 } 4445 4446 switch (rettv->v_type) 4447 { 4448 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4449 case VAR_FUNC: 4450 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4451 case VAR_FLOAT: 4452 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4453 case VAR_JOB: 4454 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4455 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4456 4457 case VAR_NUMBER: 4458 case VAR_STRING: 4459 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4460 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4461 if (range) 4462 { 4463 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4464 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4465 if (n1 < 0) 4466 { 4467 n1 = len + n1; 4468 if (n1 < 0) 4469 n1 = 0; 4470 } 4471 if (n2 < 0) 4472 n2 = len + n2; 4473 else if (n2 >= len) 4474 n2 = len; 4475 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4476 s = NULL; 4477 else 4478 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4479 } 4480 else 4481 { 4482 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4483 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4484 * result is empty. */ 4485 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4486 s = NULL; 4487 else 4488 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4489 } 4490 clear_tv(rettv); 4491 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4492 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4493 break; 4494 4495 case VAR_LIST: 4496 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4497 if (n1 < 0) 4498 n1 = len + n1; 4499 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4500 { 4501 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4502 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4503 if (!range) 4504 { 4505 if (verbose) 4506 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4507 return FAIL; 4508 } 4509 n1 = len; 4510 } 4511 if (range) 4512 { 4513 list_T *l; 4514 listitem_T *item; 4515 4516 if (n2 < 0) 4517 n2 = len + n2; 4518 else if (n2 >= len) 4519 n2 = len - 1; 4520 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4521 n2 = -1; 4522 l = list_alloc(); 4523 if (l == NULL) 4524 return FAIL; 4525 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4526 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4527 { 4528 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4529 { 4530 list_free(l); 4531 return FAIL; 4532 } 4533 item = item->li_next; 4534 } 4535 clear_tv(rettv); 4536 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4537 } 4538 else 4539 { 4540 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4541 clear_tv(rettv); 4542 *rettv = var1; 4543 } 4544 break; 4545 4546 case VAR_DICT: 4547 if (range) 4548 { 4549 if (verbose) 4550 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4551 if (len == -1) 4552 clear_tv(&var1); 4553 return FAIL; 4554 } 4555 { 4556 dictitem_T *item; 4557 4558 if (len == -1) 4559 { 4560 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4561 if (key == NULL) 4562 { 4563 clear_tv(&var1); 4564 return FAIL; 4565 } 4566 } 4567 4568 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4569 4570 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4571 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4572 if (len == -1) 4573 clear_tv(&var1); 4574 if (item == NULL) 4575 return FAIL; 4576 4577 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4578 clear_tv(rettv); 4579 *rettv = var1; 4580 } 4581 break; 4582 } 4583 } 4584 4585 return OK; 4586 } 4587 4588 /* 4589 * Get an option value. 4590 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4591 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4592 * Return OK or FAIL. 4593 */ 4594 int 4595 get_option_tv( 4596 char_u **arg, 4597 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4598 int evaluate) 4599 { 4600 char_u *option_end; 4601 long numval; 4602 char_u *stringval; 4603 int opt_type; 4604 int c; 4605 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4606 int ret = OK; 4607 int opt_flags; 4608 4609 /* 4610 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4611 */ 4612 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4613 if (option_end == NULL) 4614 { 4615 if (rettv != NULL) 4616 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4617 return FAIL; 4618 } 4619 4620 if (!evaluate) 4621 { 4622 *arg = option_end; 4623 return OK; 4624 } 4625 4626 c = *option_end; 4627 *option_end = NUL; 4628 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4629 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4630 4631 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4632 { 4633 if (rettv != NULL) 4634 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4635 ret = FAIL; 4636 } 4637 else if (rettv != NULL) 4638 { 4639 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4640 { 4641 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4642 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4643 } 4644 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4645 { 4646 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4647 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4648 } 4649 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4650 { 4651 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4652 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4653 } 4654 else /* string option */ 4655 { 4656 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4657 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4658 } 4659 } 4660 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4661 ret = FAIL; 4662 4663 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4664 *arg = option_end; 4665 4666 return ret; 4667 } 4668 4669 /* 4670 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4671 * Return OK or FAIL. 4672 */ 4673 static int 4674 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4675 { 4676 char_u *p; 4677 char_u *name; 4678 int extra = 0; 4679 4680 /* 4681 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4682 */ 4683 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4684 { 4685 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4686 { 4687 ++p; 4688 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4689 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4690 if (*p == '<') 4691 extra += 2; 4692 } 4693 } 4694 4695 if (*p != '"') 4696 { 4697 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4698 return FAIL; 4699 } 4700 4701 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4702 if (!evaluate) 4703 { 4704 *arg = p + 1; 4705 return OK; 4706 } 4707 4708 /* 4709 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4710 * characters. 4711 */ 4712 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4713 if (name == NULL) 4714 return FAIL; 4715 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4716 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4717 4718 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4719 { 4720 if (*p == '\\') 4721 { 4722 switch (*++p) 4723 { 4724 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4725 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4726 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4727 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4728 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4729 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4730 4731 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4732 case 'x': 4733 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4734 case 'U': 4735 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4736 { 4737 int n, nr; 4738 int c = toupper(*p); 4739 4740 if (c == 'X') 4741 n = 2; 4742 else if (*p == 'u') 4743 n = 4; 4744 else 4745 n = 8; 4746 nr = 0; 4747 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4748 { 4749 ++p; 4750 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4751 } 4752 ++p; 4753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4754 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4755 * 'encoding'. */ 4756 if (c != 'X') 4757 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4758 else 4759 #endif 4760 *name++ = nr; 4761 } 4762 break; 4763 4764 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4765 case '0': 4766 case '1': 4767 case '2': 4768 case '3': 4769 case '4': 4770 case '5': 4771 case '6': 4772 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4773 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4774 { 4775 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4776 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4777 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4778 } 4779 ++name; 4780 break; 4781 4782 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4783 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4784 if (extra != 0) 4785 { 4786 name += extra; 4787 break; 4788 } 4789 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4790 4791 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4792 break; 4793 } 4794 } 4795 else 4796 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4797 4798 } 4799 *name = NUL; 4800 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4801 ++p; 4802 *arg = p; 4803 4804 return OK; 4805 } 4806 4807 /* 4808 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4809 * Return OK or FAIL. 4810 */ 4811 static int 4812 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4813 { 4814 char_u *p; 4815 char_u *str; 4816 int reduce = 0; 4817 4818 /* 4819 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4820 */ 4821 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4822 { 4823 if (*p == '\'') 4824 { 4825 if (p[1] != '\'') 4826 break; 4827 ++reduce; 4828 ++p; 4829 } 4830 } 4831 4832 if (*p != '\'') 4833 { 4834 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4835 return FAIL; 4836 } 4837 4838 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4839 if (!evaluate) 4840 { 4841 *arg = p + 1; 4842 return OK; 4843 } 4844 4845 /* 4846 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4847 */ 4848 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4849 if (str == NULL) 4850 return FAIL; 4851 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4852 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4853 4854 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4855 { 4856 if (*p == '\'') 4857 { 4858 if (p[1] != '\'') 4859 break; 4860 ++p; 4861 } 4862 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4863 } 4864 *str = NUL; 4865 *arg = p + 1; 4866 4867 return OK; 4868 } 4869 4870 /* 4871 * Return the function name of the partial. 4872 */ 4873 char_u * 4874 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4875 { 4876 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4877 return pt->pt_name; 4878 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4879 } 4880 4881 static void 4882 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4883 { 4884 int i; 4885 4886 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4887 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4888 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4889 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4890 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4891 { 4892 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4893 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4894 } 4895 else 4896 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4897 vim_free(pt); 4898 } 4899 4900 /* 4901 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4902 * becomes zero. 4903 */ 4904 void 4905 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4906 { 4907 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4908 partial_free(pt); 4909 } 4910 4911 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4912 4913 static int 4914 func_equal( 4915 typval_T *tv1, 4916 typval_T *tv2, 4917 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4918 { 4919 char_u *s1, *s2; 4920 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4921 int a1, a2; 4922 int i; 4923 4924 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4925 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4926 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4927 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4928 s1 = NULL; 4929 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4930 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4931 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4932 s2 = NULL; 4933 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4934 { 4935 if (s1 != s2) 4936 return FALSE; 4937 } 4938 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4939 return FALSE; 4940 4941 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4942 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4943 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4944 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4945 { 4946 if (d1 != d2) 4947 return FALSE; 4948 } 4949 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4950 return FALSE; 4951 4952 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4953 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4954 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4955 if (a1 != a2) 4956 return FALSE; 4957 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4958 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4959 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4960 return FALSE; 4961 4962 return TRUE; 4963 } 4964 4965 /* 4966 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4967 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4968 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4969 */ 4970 int 4971 tv_equal( 4972 typval_T *tv1, 4973 typval_T *tv2, 4974 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4975 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4976 { 4977 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4978 char_u *s1, *s2; 4979 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4980 int r; 4981 4982 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4983 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4984 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4985 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4986 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4987 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4988 if (!recursive) 4989 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4990 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4991 { 4992 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4993 return TRUE; 4994 } 4995 4996 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4997 * arguments. */ 4998 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4999 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5000 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5001 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5002 { 5003 ++recursive_cnt; 5004 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5005 --recursive_cnt; 5006 return r; 5007 } 5008 5009 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5010 return FALSE; 5011 5012 switch (tv1->v_type) 5013 { 5014 case VAR_LIST: 5015 ++recursive_cnt; 5016 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5017 --recursive_cnt; 5018 return r; 5019 5020 case VAR_DICT: 5021 ++recursive_cnt; 5022 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5023 --recursive_cnt; 5024 return r; 5025 5026 case VAR_NUMBER: 5027 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5028 5029 case VAR_STRING: 5030 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5031 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5032 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5033 5034 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5035 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5036 5037 case VAR_FLOAT: 5038 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5039 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5040 #endif 5041 case VAR_JOB: 5042 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5043 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5044 #endif 5045 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5046 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5047 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5048 #endif 5049 case VAR_FUNC: 5050 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5051 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5052 break; 5053 } 5054 5055 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5056 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5057 return FALSE; 5058 } 5059 5060 /* 5061 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5062 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5063 */ 5064 int 5065 get_copyID(void) 5066 { 5067 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5068 return current_copyID; 5069 } 5070 5071 /* 5072 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5073 * 5074 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5075 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5076 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5077 * reference. Example: 5078 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5079 * :let d = {9: l} 5080 * :let l[1] = d 5081 * 5082 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5083 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5084 * variable. 5085 * 5086 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5087 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5088 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5089 */ 5090 5091 /* 5092 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5093 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5094 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5095 */ 5096 int 5097 garbage_collect(int testing) 5098 { 5099 int copyID; 5100 int abort = FALSE; 5101 buf_T *buf; 5102 win_T *wp; 5103 int i; 5104 int did_free = FALSE; 5105 tabpage_T *tp; 5106 5107 if (!testing) 5108 { 5109 /* Only do this once. */ 5110 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5111 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5112 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5113 } 5114 5115 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5116 * previous_funccal. */ 5117 copyID = get_copyID(); 5118 5119 /* 5120 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5121 * with copyID. 5122 */ 5123 5124 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5125 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5126 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5127 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5128 5129 /* script-local variables */ 5130 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5131 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5132 5133 /* buffer-local variables */ 5134 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5135 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5136 NULL, NULL); 5137 5138 /* window-local variables */ 5139 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5140 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5141 NULL, NULL); 5142 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5143 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5144 NULL, NULL); 5145 5146 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5147 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5148 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5149 NULL, NULL); 5150 /* global variables */ 5151 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5152 5153 /* function-local variables */ 5154 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5155 5156 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5157 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5158 5159 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5160 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5161 5162 /* v: vars */ 5163 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5164 5165 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5166 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5167 #endif 5168 5169 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5170 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5171 #endif 5172 5173 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5174 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5175 #endif 5176 5177 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5178 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5179 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5180 #endif 5181 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5182 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5183 #endif 5184 5185 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5186 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5187 #endif 5188 5189 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5190 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5191 #endif 5192 5193 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5194 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5195 #endif 5196 5197 if (!abort) 5198 { 5199 /* 5200 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5201 */ 5202 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5203 5204 /* 5205 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5206 * This may call us back recursively. 5207 */ 5208 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5209 } 5210 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5211 { 5212 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5213 } 5214 5215 return did_free; 5216 } 5217 5218 /* 5219 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5220 */ 5221 static int 5222 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5223 { 5224 int did_free = FALSE; 5225 5226 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5227 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5228 * do that here. */ 5229 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5230 5231 /* 5232 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5233 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5234 */ 5235 5236 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5237 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5238 5239 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5240 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5241 5242 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5243 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5244 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5245 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5246 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5247 5248 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5249 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5250 #endif 5251 5252 /* 5253 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5254 */ 5255 dict_free_items(copyID); 5256 list_free_items(copyID); 5257 5258 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5259 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5260 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5261 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5262 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5263 5264 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5265 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5266 #endif 5267 5268 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5269 5270 return did_free; 5271 } 5272 5273 /* 5274 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5275 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5276 * 5277 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5278 */ 5279 int 5280 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5281 { 5282 int todo; 5283 int abort = FALSE; 5284 hashitem_T *hi; 5285 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5286 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5287 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5288 5289 cur_ht = ht; 5290 for (;;) 5291 { 5292 if (!abort) 5293 { 5294 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5295 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5296 * list_stack. */ 5297 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5298 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5299 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5300 { 5301 --todo; 5302 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5303 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5304 } 5305 } 5306 5307 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5308 break; 5309 5310 /* take an item from the stack */ 5311 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5312 tempitem = ht_stack; 5313 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5314 free(tempitem); 5315 } 5316 5317 return abort; 5318 } 5319 5320 /* 5321 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5322 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5323 * 5324 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5325 */ 5326 int 5327 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5328 { 5329 listitem_T *li; 5330 int abort = FALSE; 5331 list_T *cur_l; 5332 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5333 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5334 5335 cur_l = l; 5336 for (;;) 5337 { 5338 if (!abort) 5339 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5340 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5341 * list_stack. */ 5342 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5343 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5344 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5345 if (list_stack == NULL) 5346 break; 5347 5348 /* take an item from the stack */ 5349 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5350 tempitem = list_stack; 5351 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5352 free(tempitem); 5353 } 5354 5355 return abort; 5356 } 5357 5358 /* 5359 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5360 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5361 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5362 * 5363 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5364 */ 5365 int 5366 set_ref_in_item( 5367 typval_T *tv, 5368 int copyID, 5369 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5370 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5371 { 5372 int abort = FALSE; 5373 5374 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5375 { 5376 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5377 5378 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5379 { 5380 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5381 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5382 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5383 { 5384 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5385 } 5386 else 5387 { 5388 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5389 if (newitem == NULL) 5390 abort = TRUE; 5391 else 5392 { 5393 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5394 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5395 *ht_stack = newitem; 5396 } 5397 } 5398 } 5399 } 5400 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5401 { 5402 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5403 5404 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5405 { 5406 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5407 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5408 if (list_stack == NULL) 5409 { 5410 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5411 } 5412 else 5413 { 5414 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5415 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5416 if (newitem == NULL) 5417 abort = TRUE; 5418 else 5419 { 5420 newitem->list = ll; 5421 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5422 *list_stack = newitem; 5423 } 5424 } 5425 } 5426 } 5427 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5428 { 5429 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5430 } 5431 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5432 { 5433 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5434 int i; 5435 5436 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5437 */ 5438 if (pt != NULL) 5439 { 5440 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5441 5442 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5443 { 5444 typval_T dtv; 5445 5446 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5447 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5448 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5449 } 5450 5451 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5452 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5453 ht_stack, list_stack); 5454 } 5455 } 5456 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5457 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5458 { 5459 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5460 typval_T dtv; 5461 5462 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5463 { 5464 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5465 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5466 { 5467 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5468 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5469 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5470 } 5471 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5472 { 5473 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5474 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5475 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5476 } 5477 } 5478 } 5479 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5480 { 5481 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5482 ch_part_T part; 5483 typval_T dtv; 5484 jsonq_T *jq; 5485 cbq_T *cq; 5486 5487 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5488 { 5489 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5490 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5491 { 5492 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5493 jq = jq->jq_next) 5494 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5495 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5496 cq = cq->cq_next) 5497 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5498 { 5499 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5500 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5501 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5502 } 5503 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5504 { 5505 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5506 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5507 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5508 } 5509 } 5510 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5511 { 5512 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5513 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5514 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5515 } 5516 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5517 { 5518 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5519 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5520 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5521 } 5522 } 5523 } 5524 #endif 5525 return abort; 5526 } 5527 5528 static char * 5529 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5530 { 5531 switch (nr) 5532 { 5533 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5534 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5535 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5536 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5537 } 5538 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5539 return "42"; 5540 } 5541 5542 /* 5543 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5544 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5545 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5546 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5547 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5548 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5549 * ":echo" displays values. 5550 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5551 * are replaced with "...". 5552 * May return NULL. 5553 */ 5554 char_u * 5555 echo_string_core( 5556 typval_T *tv, 5557 char_u **tofree, 5558 char_u *numbuf, 5559 int copyID, 5560 int echo_style, 5561 int restore_copyID, 5562 int composite_val) 5563 { 5564 static int recurse = 0; 5565 char_u *r = NULL; 5566 5567 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5568 { 5569 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5570 { 5571 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5572 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5573 * and dicts. */ 5574 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5575 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5576 } 5577 *tofree = NULL; 5578 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5579 } 5580 ++recurse; 5581 5582 switch (tv->v_type) 5583 { 5584 case VAR_STRING: 5585 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5586 { 5587 *tofree = NULL; 5588 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5589 if (r == NULL) 5590 r = (char_u *)""; 5591 } 5592 else 5593 { 5594 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5595 r = *tofree; 5596 } 5597 break; 5598 5599 case VAR_FUNC: 5600 if (echo_style) 5601 { 5602 *tofree = NULL; 5603 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5604 } 5605 else 5606 { 5607 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5608 r = *tofree; 5609 } 5610 break; 5611 5612 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5613 { 5614 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5615 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5616 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5617 garray_T ga; 5618 int i; 5619 char_u *tf; 5620 5621 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5622 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5623 if (fname != NULL) 5624 { 5625 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5626 vim_free(fname); 5627 } 5628 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5629 { 5630 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5631 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5632 { 5633 if (i > 0) 5634 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5635 ga_concat(&ga, 5636 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5637 vim_free(tf); 5638 } 5639 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5640 } 5641 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5642 { 5643 typval_T dtv; 5644 5645 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5646 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5647 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5648 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5649 vim_free(tf); 5650 } 5651 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5652 5653 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5654 r = *tofree; 5655 break; 5656 } 5657 5658 case VAR_LIST: 5659 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5660 { 5661 *tofree = NULL; 5662 r = NULL; 5663 } 5664 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5665 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5666 { 5667 *tofree = NULL; 5668 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5669 } 5670 else 5671 { 5672 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5673 5674 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5675 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5676 if (restore_copyID) 5677 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5678 r = *tofree; 5679 } 5680 break; 5681 5682 case VAR_DICT: 5683 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5684 { 5685 *tofree = NULL; 5686 r = NULL; 5687 } 5688 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5689 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5690 { 5691 *tofree = NULL; 5692 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5693 } 5694 else 5695 { 5696 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5697 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5698 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5699 if (restore_copyID) 5700 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5701 r = *tofree; 5702 } 5703 break; 5704 5705 case VAR_NUMBER: 5706 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5707 *tofree = NULL; 5708 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5709 break; 5710 5711 case VAR_JOB: 5712 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5713 *tofree = NULL; 5714 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5715 if (composite_val) 5716 { 5717 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5718 r = *tofree; 5719 } 5720 break; 5721 5722 case VAR_FLOAT: 5723 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5724 *tofree = NULL; 5725 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5726 r = numbuf; 5727 break; 5728 #endif 5729 5730 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5731 *tofree = NULL; 5732 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5733 break; 5734 } 5735 5736 if (--recurse == 0) 5737 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5738 return r; 5739 } 5740 5741 /* 5742 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5743 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5744 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5745 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5746 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5747 * May return NULL. 5748 */ 5749 char_u * 5750 echo_string( 5751 typval_T *tv, 5752 char_u **tofree, 5753 char_u *numbuf, 5754 int copyID) 5755 { 5756 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5757 } 5758 5759 /* 5760 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5761 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5762 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5763 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5764 * May return NULL. 5765 */ 5766 char_u * 5767 tv2string( 5768 typval_T *tv, 5769 char_u **tofree, 5770 char_u *numbuf, 5771 int copyID) 5772 { 5773 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5774 } 5775 5776 /* 5777 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5778 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5779 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5780 */ 5781 char_u * 5782 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5783 { 5784 unsigned len; 5785 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5786 5787 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5788 if (str != NULL) 5789 { 5790 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5791 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5792 if (*p == '\'') 5793 ++len; 5794 } 5795 s = r = alloc(len); 5796 if (r != NULL) 5797 { 5798 if (function) 5799 { 5800 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5801 r += 10; 5802 } 5803 else 5804 *r++ = '\''; 5805 if (str != NULL) 5806 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5807 { 5808 if (*p == '\'') 5809 *r++ = '\''; 5810 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5811 } 5812 *r++ = '\''; 5813 if (function) 5814 *r++ = ')'; 5815 *r++ = NUL; 5816 } 5817 return s; 5818 } 5819 5820 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5821 /* 5822 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5823 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5824 * this always uses a decimal point. 5825 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5826 */ 5827 int 5828 string2float( 5829 char_u *text, 5830 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5831 { 5832 char *s = (char *)text; 5833 float_T f; 5834 5835 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5836 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5837 { 5838 *value = INFINITY; 5839 return 3; 5840 } 5841 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5842 { 5843 *value = -INFINITY; 5844 return 4; 5845 } 5846 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5847 { 5848 *value = NAN; 5849 return 3; 5850 } 5851 f = strtod(s, &s); 5852 *value = f; 5853 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5854 } 5855 #endif 5856 5857 /* 5858 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5859 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5860 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5861 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5862 */ 5863 static int 5864 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5865 { 5866 char_u *string = NULL; 5867 int len; 5868 int cc; 5869 char_u *name; 5870 int mustfree = FALSE; 5871 5872 ++*arg; 5873 name = *arg; 5874 len = get_env_len(arg); 5875 if (evaluate) 5876 { 5877 if (len == 0) 5878 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5879 5880 cc = name[len]; 5881 name[len] = NUL; 5882 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5883 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5884 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5885 { 5886 if (!mustfree) 5887 string = vim_strsave(string); 5888 } 5889 else 5890 { 5891 if (mustfree) 5892 vim_free(string); 5893 5894 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5895 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5896 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5897 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5898 } 5899 name[len] = cc; 5900 5901 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5902 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5903 } 5904 5905 return OK; 5906 } 5907 5908 5909 5910 /* 5911 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5912 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5913 */ 5914 pos_T * 5915 var2fpos( 5916 typval_T *varp, 5917 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5918 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5919 { 5920 char_u *name; 5921 static pos_T pos; 5922 pos_T *pp; 5923 5924 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5925 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5926 { 5927 list_T *l; 5928 int len; 5929 int error = FALSE; 5930 listitem_T *li; 5931 5932 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5933 if (l == NULL) 5934 return NULL; 5935 5936 /* Get the line number */ 5937 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5938 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5939 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5940 5941 /* Get the column number */ 5942 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5943 if (error) 5944 return NULL; 5945 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5946 5947 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5948 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5949 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5950 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5951 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5952 pos.col = len + 1; 5953 5954 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5955 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5956 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5957 --pos.col; 5958 5959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5960 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5961 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5962 if (error) 5963 pos.coladd = 0; 5964 #endif 5965 5966 return &pos; 5967 } 5968 5969 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5970 if (name == NULL) 5971 return NULL; 5972 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5973 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5974 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5975 { 5976 if (VIsual_active) 5977 return &VIsual; 5978 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5979 } 5980 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5981 { 5982 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5983 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5984 return NULL; 5985 return pp; 5986 } 5987 5988 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5989 pos.coladd = 0; 5990 #endif 5991 5992 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5993 { 5994 pos.col = 0; 5995 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5996 { 5997 update_topline(); 5998 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5999 * number; use one instead. */ 6000 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 6001 return &pos; 6002 } 6003 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6004 { 6005 validate_botline(); 6006 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 6007 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 6008 return &pos; 6009 } 6010 } 6011 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6012 { 6013 if (dollar_lnum) 6014 { 6015 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6016 pos.col = 0; 6017 } 6018 else 6019 { 6020 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6021 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6022 } 6023 return &pos; 6024 } 6025 return NULL; 6026 } 6027 6028 /* 6029 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6030 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6031 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6032 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6033 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6034 * validity. 6035 */ 6036 int 6037 list2fpos( 6038 typval_T *arg, 6039 pos_T *posp, 6040 int *fnump, 6041 colnr_T *curswantp) 6042 { 6043 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6044 long i = 0; 6045 long n; 6046 6047 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6048 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6049 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6050 || l == NULL 6051 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6052 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6053 return FAIL; 6054 6055 if (fnump != NULL) 6056 { 6057 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6058 if (n < 0) 6059 return FAIL; 6060 if (n == 0) 6061 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6062 *fnump = n; 6063 } 6064 6065 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6066 if (n < 0) 6067 return FAIL; 6068 posp->lnum = n; 6069 6070 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6071 if (n < 0) 6072 return FAIL; 6073 posp->col = n; 6074 6075 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6076 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6077 if (n < 0) 6078 posp->coladd = 0; 6079 else 6080 posp->coladd = n; 6081 #endif 6082 6083 if (curswantp != NULL) 6084 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6085 6086 return OK; 6087 } 6088 6089 /* 6090 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6091 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6092 * Return 0 for error. 6093 */ 6094 static int 6095 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6096 { 6097 char_u *p; 6098 int len; 6099 6100 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6101 ; 6102 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6103 return 0; 6104 6105 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6106 *arg = p; 6107 return len; 6108 } 6109 6110 /* 6111 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6112 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6113 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6114 */ 6115 int 6116 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6117 { 6118 char_u *p; 6119 int len; 6120 6121 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6122 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6123 { 6124 if (*p == ':') 6125 { 6126 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6127 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6128 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6129 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6130 || len > 1) 6131 break; 6132 } 6133 } 6134 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6135 return 0; 6136 6137 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6138 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6139 6140 return len; 6141 } 6142 6143 /* 6144 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6145 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6146 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6147 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6148 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6149 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6150 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6151 */ 6152 int 6153 get_name_len( 6154 char_u **arg, 6155 char_u **alias, 6156 int evaluate, 6157 int verbose) 6158 { 6159 int len; 6160 char_u *p; 6161 char_u *expr_start; 6162 char_u *expr_end; 6163 6164 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6165 6166 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6167 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6168 { 6169 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6170 *arg += 3; 6171 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6172 } 6173 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6174 if (len > 0) 6175 { 6176 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6177 *arg += len; 6178 } 6179 6180 /* 6181 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6182 */ 6183 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6184 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6185 if (expr_start != NULL) 6186 { 6187 char_u *temp_string; 6188 6189 if (!evaluate) 6190 { 6191 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6192 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6193 return len; 6194 } 6195 6196 /* 6197 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6198 * Thus the -len here. 6199 */ 6200 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6201 if (temp_string == NULL) 6202 return -1; 6203 *alias = temp_string; 6204 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6205 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6206 } 6207 6208 len += get_id_len(arg); 6209 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6210 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6211 6212 return len; 6213 } 6214 6215 /* 6216 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6217 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6218 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6219 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6220 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6221 * valid name. 6222 */ 6223 char_u * 6224 find_name_end( 6225 char_u *arg, 6226 char_u **expr_start, 6227 char_u **expr_end, 6228 int flags) 6229 { 6230 int mb_nest = 0; 6231 int br_nest = 0; 6232 char_u *p; 6233 int len; 6234 6235 if (expr_start != NULL) 6236 { 6237 *expr_start = NULL; 6238 *expr_end = NULL; 6239 } 6240 6241 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6242 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6243 return arg; 6244 6245 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6246 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6247 || *p == '{' 6248 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6249 || mb_nest != 0 6250 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6251 { 6252 if (*p == '\'') 6253 { 6254 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6255 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6256 ; 6257 if (*p == NUL) 6258 break; 6259 } 6260 else if (*p == '"') 6261 { 6262 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6263 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6264 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6265 ++p; 6266 if (*p == NUL) 6267 break; 6268 } 6269 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6270 { 6271 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6272 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6273 len = (int)(p - arg); 6274 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6275 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6276 break; 6277 } 6278 6279 if (mb_nest == 0) 6280 { 6281 if (*p == '[') 6282 ++br_nest; 6283 else if (*p == ']') 6284 --br_nest; 6285 } 6286 6287 if (br_nest == 0) 6288 { 6289 if (*p == '{') 6290 { 6291 mb_nest++; 6292 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6293 *expr_start = p; 6294 } 6295 else if (*p == '}') 6296 { 6297 mb_nest--; 6298 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6299 *expr_end = p; 6300 } 6301 } 6302 } 6303 6304 return p; 6305 } 6306 6307 /* 6308 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6309 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6310 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6311 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6312 * "in_start" ^ 6313 * "expr_start" ^ 6314 * "expr_end" ^ 6315 * "in_end" ^ 6316 * 6317 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6318 * Returns NULL for failure. 6319 */ 6320 static char_u * 6321 make_expanded_name( 6322 char_u *in_start, 6323 char_u *expr_start, 6324 char_u *expr_end, 6325 char_u *in_end) 6326 { 6327 char_u c1; 6328 char_u *retval = NULL; 6329 char_u *temp_result; 6330 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6331 6332 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6333 return NULL; 6334 *expr_start = NUL; 6335 *expr_end = NUL; 6336 c1 = *in_end; 6337 *in_end = NUL; 6338 6339 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6340 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6341 { 6342 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6343 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6344 if (retval != NULL) 6345 { 6346 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6347 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6348 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6349 } 6350 } 6351 vim_free(temp_result); 6352 6353 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6354 *expr_start = '{'; 6355 *expr_end = '}'; 6356 6357 if (retval != NULL) 6358 { 6359 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6360 if (expr_start != NULL) 6361 { 6362 /* Further expansion! */ 6363 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6364 expr_end, temp_result); 6365 vim_free(retval); 6366 retval = temp_result; 6367 } 6368 } 6369 6370 return retval; 6371 } 6372 6373 /* 6374 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6375 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6376 */ 6377 int 6378 eval_isnamec(int c) 6379 { 6380 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6381 } 6382 6383 /* 6384 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6385 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6386 */ 6387 int 6388 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6389 { 6390 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6391 } 6392 6393 /* 6394 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6395 */ 6396 void 6397 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6398 { 6399 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6400 } 6401 6402 /* 6403 * Get number v: variable value. 6404 */ 6405 varnumber_T 6406 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6407 { 6408 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6409 } 6410 6411 /* 6412 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6413 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6414 * Never returns NULL; 6415 */ 6416 char_u * 6417 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6418 { 6419 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6420 } 6421 6422 /* 6423 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6424 * needed. 6425 */ 6426 list_T * 6427 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6428 { 6429 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6430 } 6431 6432 /* 6433 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6434 * needed. 6435 */ 6436 dict_T * 6437 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6438 { 6439 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6440 } 6441 6442 /* 6443 * Set v:char to character "c". 6444 */ 6445 void 6446 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6447 { 6448 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6449 6450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6451 if (has_mbyte) 6452 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6453 else 6454 #endif 6455 { 6456 buf[0] = c; 6457 buf[1] = NUL; 6458 } 6459 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6460 } 6461 6462 /* 6463 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6464 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6465 */ 6466 void 6467 set_vcount( 6468 long count, 6469 long count1, 6470 int set_prevcount) 6471 { 6472 if (set_prevcount) 6473 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6474 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6475 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6476 } 6477 6478 /* 6479 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6480 * a timer callback. 6481 */ 6482 void 6483 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6484 { 6485 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6486 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6487 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6488 } 6489 6490 /* 6491 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6492 */ 6493 void 6494 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6495 { 6496 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6497 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6498 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6499 } 6500 6501 /* 6502 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6503 */ 6504 void 6505 set_vim_var_string( 6506 int idx, 6507 char_u *val, 6508 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6509 { 6510 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6511 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6512 if (val == NULL) 6513 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6514 else if (len == -1) 6515 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6516 else 6517 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6518 } 6519 6520 /* 6521 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6522 */ 6523 void 6524 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6525 { 6526 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6527 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6528 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6529 if (val != NULL) 6530 ++val->lv_refcount; 6531 } 6532 6533 /* 6534 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6535 */ 6536 void 6537 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6538 { 6539 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6540 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6541 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6542 if (val != NULL) 6543 { 6544 ++val->dv_refcount; 6545 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6546 } 6547 } 6548 6549 /* 6550 * Set v:register if needed. 6551 */ 6552 void 6553 set_reg_var(int c) 6554 { 6555 char_u regname; 6556 6557 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6558 regname = '"'; 6559 else 6560 regname = c; 6561 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6562 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6563 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6564 } 6565 6566 /* 6567 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6568 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6569 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6570 * take care of memory allocations. 6571 */ 6572 char_u * 6573 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6574 { 6575 if (oldval == NULL) 6576 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6577 6578 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6579 return NULL; 6580 } 6581 6582 /* 6583 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6584 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6585 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6586 * take care of memory allocations. 6587 */ 6588 char_u * 6589 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6590 { 6591 if (oldval == NULL) 6592 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6593 6594 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6595 return NULL; 6596 } 6597 6598 /* 6599 * Set v:cmdarg. 6600 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6601 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6602 * Must always be called in pairs! 6603 */ 6604 char_u * 6605 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6606 { 6607 char_u *oldval; 6608 char_u *newval; 6609 unsigned len; 6610 6611 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6612 if (eap == NULL) 6613 { 6614 vim_free(oldval); 6615 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6616 return NULL; 6617 } 6618 6619 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6620 len = 6; 6621 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6622 len = 8; 6623 else 6624 len = 0; 6625 6626 if (eap->read_edit) 6627 len += 7; 6628 6629 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6630 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6631 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6632 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6633 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6634 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6635 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6636 # endif 6637 6638 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6639 if (newval == NULL) 6640 return NULL; 6641 6642 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6643 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6644 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6645 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6646 else 6647 *newval = NUL; 6648 6649 if (eap->read_edit) 6650 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6651 6652 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6653 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6654 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6655 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6656 : "mac"); 6657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6658 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6659 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6660 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6661 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6662 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6663 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6664 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6665 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6666 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6667 #endif 6668 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6669 return oldval; 6670 } 6671 6672 /* 6673 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6674 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6675 */ 6676 int 6677 get_var_tv( 6678 char_u *name, 6679 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6680 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6681 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6682 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6683 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6684 { 6685 int ret = OK; 6686 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6687 dictitem_T *v; 6688 int cc; 6689 6690 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6691 cc = name[len]; 6692 name[len] = NUL; 6693 6694 /* 6695 * Check for user-defined variables. 6696 */ 6697 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6698 if (v != NULL) 6699 { 6700 tv = &v->di_tv; 6701 if (dip != NULL) 6702 *dip = v; 6703 } 6704 6705 if (tv == NULL) 6706 { 6707 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6708 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6709 ret = FAIL; 6710 } 6711 else if (rettv != NULL) 6712 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6713 6714 name[len] = cc; 6715 6716 return ret; 6717 } 6718 6719 /* 6720 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6721 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6722 */ 6723 static void 6724 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6725 { 6726 int cc; 6727 char_u *varname; 6728 hashtab_T *ht; 6729 6730 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6731 return; 6732 6733 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6734 cc = name[len]; 6735 name[len] = NUL; 6736 6737 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6738 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6739 { 6740 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6741 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6742 } 6743 6744 name[len] = cc; 6745 } 6746 6747 /* 6748 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6749 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6750 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6751 */ 6752 int 6753 handle_subscript( 6754 char_u **arg, 6755 typval_T *rettv, 6756 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6757 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6758 { 6759 int ret = OK; 6760 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6761 char_u *s; 6762 int len; 6763 typval_T functv; 6764 6765 while (ret == OK 6766 && (**arg == '[' 6767 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6768 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6769 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6770 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6771 { 6772 if (**arg == '(') 6773 { 6774 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6775 6776 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6777 if (evaluate) 6778 { 6779 functv = *rettv; 6780 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6781 6782 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6783 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6784 { 6785 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6786 s = partial_name(pt); 6787 } 6788 else 6789 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6790 } 6791 else 6792 s = (char_u *)""; 6793 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6794 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6795 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6796 6797 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6798 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6799 if (evaluate) 6800 clear_tv(&functv); 6801 6802 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6803 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6804 * but not caught. */ 6805 if (aborting()) 6806 { 6807 if (ret == OK) 6808 clear_tv(rettv); 6809 ret = FAIL; 6810 } 6811 dict_unref(selfdict); 6812 selfdict = NULL; 6813 } 6814 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6815 { 6816 dict_unref(selfdict); 6817 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6818 { 6819 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6820 if (selfdict != NULL) 6821 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6822 } 6823 else 6824 selfdict = NULL; 6825 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6826 { 6827 clear_tv(rettv); 6828 ret = FAIL; 6829 } 6830 } 6831 } 6832 6833 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6834 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6835 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6836 if (selfdict != NULL 6837 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6838 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6839 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6840 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6841 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6842 6843 dict_unref(selfdict); 6844 return ret; 6845 } 6846 6847 /* 6848 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6849 * value). 6850 */ 6851 typval_T * 6852 alloc_tv(void) 6853 { 6854 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6855 } 6856 6857 /* 6858 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6859 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6860 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6861 */ 6862 static typval_T * 6863 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6864 { 6865 typval_T *rettv; 6866 6867 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6868 if (rettv != NULL) 6869 { 6870 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6871 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6872 } 6873 else 6874 vim_free(s); 6875 return rettv; 6876 } 6877 6878 /* 6879 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6880 */ 6881 void 6882 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6883 { 6884 if (varp != NULL) 6885 { 6886 switch (varp->v_type) 6887 { 6888 case VAR_FUNC: 6889 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6890 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6891 case VAR_STRING: 6892 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6893 break; 6894 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6895 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6896 break; 6897 case VAR_LIST: 6898 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6899 break; 6900 case VAR_DICT: 6901 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6902 break; 6903 case VAR_JOB: 6904 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6905 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6906 break; 6907 #endif 6908 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6909 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6910 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6911 break; 6912 #endif 6913 case VAR_NUMBER: 6914 case VAR_FLOAT: 6915 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6916 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6917 break; 6918 } 6919 vim_free(varp); 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 /* 6924 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6925 */ 6926 void 6927 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6928 { 6929 if (varp != NULL) 6930 { 6931 switch (varp->v_type) 6932 { 6933 case VAR_FUNC: 6934 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6935 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6936 case VAR_STRING: 6937 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6938 break; 6939 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6940 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6941 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6942 break; 6943 case VAR_LIST: 6944 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6945 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6946 break; 6947 case VAR_DICT: 6948 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6949 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6950 break; 6951 case VAR_NUMBER: 6952 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6953 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6954 break; 6955 case VAR_FLOAT: 6956 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6957 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6958 break; 6959 #endif 6960 case VAR_JOB: 6961 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6962 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6963 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6964 #endif 6965 break; 6966 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6967 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6968 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6969 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6970 #endif 6971 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6972 break; 6973 } 6974 varp->v_lock = 0; 6975 } 6976 } 6977 6978 /* 6979 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6980 */ 6981 void 6982 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6983 { 6984 if (varp != NULL) 6985 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6986 } 6987 6988 /* 6989 * Get the number value of a variable. 6990 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6991 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6992 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6993 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6994 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6995 */ 6996 varnumber_T 6997 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6998 { 6999 int error = FALSE; 7000 7001 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7002 } 7003 7004 varnumber_T 7005 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7006 { 7007 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7008 7009 switch (varp->v_type) 7010 { 7011 case VAR_NUMBER: 7012 return varp->vval.v_number; 7013 case VAR_FLOAT: 7014 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7015 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7016 break; 7017 #endif 7018 case VAR_FUNC: 7019 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7020 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7021 break; 7022 case VAR_STRING: 7023 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7024 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7025 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7026 return n; 7027 case VAR_LIST: 7028 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7029 break; 7030 case VAR_DICT: 7031 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7032 break; 7033 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7034 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7035 break; 7036 case VAR_JOB: 7037 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7038 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7039 break; 7040 #endif 7041 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7042 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7043 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7044 break; 7045 #endif 7046 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7047 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7048 break; 7049 } 7050 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7051 n = -1; 7052 else 7053 *denote = TRUE; 7054 return n; 7055 } 7056 7057 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7058 float_T 7059 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7060 { 7061 switch (varp->v_type) 7062 { 7063 case VAR_NUMBER: 7064 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7065 case VAR_FLOAT: 7066 return varp->vval.v_float; 7067 case VAR_FUNC: 7068 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7069 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7070 break; 7071 case VAR_STRING: 7072 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7073 break; 7074 case VAR_LIST: 7075 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7076 break; 7077 case VAR_DICT: 7078 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7079 break; 7080 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7081 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7082 break; 7083 case VAR_JOB: 7084 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7085 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7086 break; 7087 # endif 7088 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7089 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7090 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7091 break; 7092 # endif 7093 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7094 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7095 break; 7096 } 7097 return 0; 7098 } 7099 #endif 7100 7101 /* 7102 * Get the string value of a variable. 7103 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7104 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7105 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7106 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7107 * Never returns NULL; 7108 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7109 * NULL on error. 7110 */ 7111 char_u * 7112 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7113 { 7114 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7115 7116 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7117 } 7118 7119 char_u * 7120 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7121 { 7122 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7123 7124 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7125 } 7126 7127 /* 7128 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7129 */ 7130 char_u * 7131 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7132 { 7133 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7134 7135 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7136 } 7137 7138 char_u * 7139 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7140 { 7141 switch (varp->v_type) 7142 { 7143 case VAR_NUMBER: 7144 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7145 (long long)varp->vval.v_number); 7146 return buf; 7147 case VAR_FUNC: 7148 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7149 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7150 break; 7151 case VAR_LIST: 7152 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7153 break; 7154 case VAR_DICT: 7155 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7156 break; 7157 case VAR_FLOAT: 7158 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7159 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7160 break; 7161 #endif 7162 case VAR_STRING: 7163 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7164 return varp->vval.v_string; 7165 return (char_u *)""; 7166 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7167 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7168 return buf; 7169 case VAR_JOB: 7170 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7171 { 7172 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7173 char *status; 7174 7175 if (job == NULL) 7176 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7177 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7178 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7179 : "run"; 7180 # ifdef UNIX 7181 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7182 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7183 # elif defined(WIN32) 7184 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7185 "process %ld %s", 7186 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7187 status); 7188 # else 7189 /* fall-back */ 7190 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7191 # endif 7192 return buf; 7193 } 7194 #endif 7195 break; 7196 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7197 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7198 { 7199 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7200 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7201 7202 if (channel == NULL) 7203 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7204 else 7205 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7206 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7207 return buf; 7208 } 7209 #endif 7210 break; 7211 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7212 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7213 break; 7214 } 7215 return NULL; 7216 } 7217 7218 /* 7219 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7220 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7221 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7222 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7223 * hashtab_T used. 7224 */ 7225 dictitem_T * 7226 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7227 { 7228 char_u *varname; 7229 hashtab_T *ht; 7230 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7231 7232 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7233 if (htp != NULL) 7234 *htp = ht; 7235 if (ht == NULL) 7236 return NULL; 7237 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7238 if (ret != NULL) 7239 return ret; 7240 7241 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7242 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7243 } 7244 7245 /* 7246 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7247 * Returns NULL if not found. 7248 */ 7249 dictitem_T * 7250 find_var_in_ht( 7251 hashtab_T *ht, 7252 int htname, 7253 char_u *varname, 7254 int no_autoload) 7255 { 7256 hashitem_T *hi; 7257 7258 if (*varname == NUL) 7259 { 7260 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7261 switch (htname) 7262 { 7263 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7264 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7265 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7266 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7267 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7268 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7269 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7270 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7271 } 7272 return NULL; 7273 } 7274 7275 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7276 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7277 { 7278 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7279 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7280 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7281 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7282 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7283 { 7284 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7285 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7286 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7287 return NULL; 7288 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7289 } 7290 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7291 return NULL; 7292 } 7293 return HI2DI(hi); 7294 } 7295 7296 /* 7297 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7298 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7299 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7300 */ 7301 hashtab_T * 7302 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7303 { 7304 hashitem_T *hi; 7305 hashtab_T *ht; 7306 7307 if (name[0] == NUL) 7308 return NULL; 7309 if (name[1] != ':') 7310 { 7311 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7312 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7313 return NULL; 7314 *varname = name; 7315 7316 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7317 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7318 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7319 return &compat_hashtab; 7320 7321 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7322 if (ht == NULL) 7323 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7324 return ht; /* local variable */ 7325 } 7326 *varname = name + 2; 7327 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7328 return &globvarht; 7329 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7330 */ 7331 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7332 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7333 return NULL; 7334 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7335 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7336 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7337 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7338 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7339 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7340 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7341 return &vimvarht; 7342 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7343 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7344 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7345 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7346 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7347 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7348 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7349 return NULL; 7350 } 7351 7352 /* 7353 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7354 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7355 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7356 */ 7357 char_u * 7358 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7359 { 7360 dictitem_T *v; 7361 7362 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7363 if (v == NULL) 7364 return NULL; 7365 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7366 } 7367 7368 /* 7369 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7370 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7371 */ 7372 void 7373 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7374 { 7375 int i; 7376 hashtab_T *ht; 7377 scriptvar_T *sv; 7378 7379 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7380 { 7381 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7382 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7383 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7384 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7385 { 7386 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7387 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7388 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7389 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7390 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7391 } 7392 7393 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7394 { 7395 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7396 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7397 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7398 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7399 } 7400 } 7401 } 7402 7403 /* 7404 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7405 * point to it. 7406 */ 7407 void 7408 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7409 { 7410 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7411 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7412 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7413 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7414 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7415 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7416 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7417 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7418 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7419 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7420 } 7421 7422 /* 7423 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7424 */ 7425 void 7426 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7427 { 7428 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7429 * normal reference counting. */ 7430 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7431 dict_unref(dict); 7432 } 7433 7434 /* 7435 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7436 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7437 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7438 */ 7439 void 7440 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7441 { 7442 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7443 } 7444 7445 /* 7446 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7447 */ 7448 void 7449 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7450 { 7451 int todo; 7452 hashitem_T *hi; 7453 dictitem_T *v; 7454 7455 hash_lock(ht); 7456 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7457 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7458 { 7459 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7460 { 7461 --todo; 7462 7463 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7464 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7465 * later. */ 7466 v = HI2DI(hi); 7467 if (free_val) 7468 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7469 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7470 vim_free(v); 7471 } 7472 } 7473 hash_clear(ht); 7474 ht->ht_used = 0; 7475 } 7476 7477 /* 7478 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7479 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7480 */ 7481 static void 7482 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7483 { 7484 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7485 7486 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7487 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7488 vim_free(di); 7489 } 7490 7491 /* 7492 * List the value of one internal variable. 7493 */ 7494 static void 7495 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7496 { 7497 char_u *tofree; 7498 char_u *s; 7499 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7500 7501 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7502 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7503 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7504 vim_free(tofree); 7505 } 7506 7507 static void 7508 list_one_var_a( 7509 char_u *prefix, 7510 char_u *name, 7511 int type, 7512 char_u *string, 7513 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7514 { 7515 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7516 msg_start(); 7517 msg_puts(prefix); 7518 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7519 msg_puts(name); 7520 msg_putchar(' '); 7521 msg_advance(22); 7522 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7523 msg_putchar('#'); 7524 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7525 msg_putchar('*'); 7526 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7527 { 7528 msg_putchar('['); 7529 if (*string == '[') 7530 ++string; 7531 } 7532 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7533 { 7534 msg_putchar('{'); 7535 if (*string == '{') 7536 ++string; 7537 } 7538 else 7539 msg_putchar(' '); 7540 7541 msg_outtrans(string); 7542 7543 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7544 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7545 if (*first) 7546 { 7547 msg_clr_eos(); 7548 *first = FALSE; 7549 } 7550 } 7551 7552 /* 7553 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7554 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7555 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7556 */ 7557 void 7558 set_var( 7559 char_u *name, 7560 typval_T *tv, 7561 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7562 { 7563 dictitem_T *v; 7564 char_u *varname; 7565 hashtab_T *ht; 7566 7567 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7568 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7569 { 7570 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7571 return; 7572 } 7573 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7574 7575 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7576 if (v == NULL) 7577 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7578 7579 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7580 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7581 return; 7582 7583 if (v != NULL) 7584 { 7585 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7586 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7587 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7588 return; 7589 7590 /* 7591 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7592 * prevent changing the type. 7593 */ 7594 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7595 { 7596 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7597 { 7598 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7599 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7600 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7601 else 7602 { 7603 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7604 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7605 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7606 } 7607 return; 7608 } 7609 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7610 { 7611 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7612 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7613 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7614 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7615 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7616 { 7617 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7618 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7619 } 7620 #endif 7621 return; 7622 } 7623 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7624 internal_error("set_var()"); 7625 } 7626 7627 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7628 } 7629 else /* add a new variable */ 7630 { 7631 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7632 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7633 { 7634 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7635 return; 7636 } 7637 7638 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7639 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7640 return; 7641 7642 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7643 + STRLEN(varname))); 7644 if (v == NULL) 7645 return; 7646 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7647 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7648 { 7649 vim_free(v); 7650 return; 7651 } 7652 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7653 } 7654 7655 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7656 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7657 else 7658 { 7659 v->di_tv = *tv; 7660 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7661 init_tv(tv); 7662 } 7663 } 7664 7665 /* 7666 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7667 * Also give an error message. 7668 */ 7669 int 7670 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7671 { 7672 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7673 { 7674 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7675 return TRUE; 7676 } 7677 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7678 { 7679 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7680 return TRUE; 7681 } 7682 return FALSE; 7683 } 7684 7685 /* 7686 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7687 * Also give an error message. 7688 */ 7689 int 7690 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7691 { 7692 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7693 { 7694 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7695 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7696 return TRUE; 7697 } 7698 return FALSE; 7699 } 7700 7701 /* 7702 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7703 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7704 */ 7705 int 7706 var_check_func_name( 7707 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7708 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7709 { 7710 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7711 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7712 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7713 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7714 { 7715 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7716 name); 7717 return TRUE; 7718 } 7719 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7720 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7721 * below. */ 7722 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7723 { 7724 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7725 name); 7726 return TRUE; 7727 } 7728 return FALSE; 7729 } 7730 7731 /* 7732 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7733 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7734 */ 7735 int 7736 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7737 { 7738 char_u *p; 7739 7740 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7741 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7742 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7743 { 7744 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7745 return FALSE; 7746 } 7747 return TRUE; 7748 } 7749 7750 /* 7751 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7752 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7753 * TRUE. 7754 */ 7755 int 7756 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7757 { 7758 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7759 { 7760 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7761 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7762 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7763 : name); 7764 return TRUE; 7765 } 7766 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7767 { 7768 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7769 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7770 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7771 : name); 7772 return TRUE; 7773 } 7774 return FALSE; 7775 } 7776 7777 /* 7778 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7779 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7780 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7781 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7782 * make a copy later. 7783 */ 7784 void 7785 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7786 { 7787 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7788 to->v_lock = 0; 7789 switch (from->v_type) 7790 { 7791 case VAR_NUMBER: 7792 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7793 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7794 break; 7795 case VAR_FLOAT: 7796 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7797 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7798 break; 7799 #endif 7800 case VAR_JOB: 7801 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7802 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7803 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7804 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7805 break; 7806 #endif 7807 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7808 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7809 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7810 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7811 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7812 break; 7813 #endif 7814 case VAR_STRING: 7815 case VAR_FUNC: 7816 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7817 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7818 else 7819 { 7820 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7821 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7822 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7823 } 7824 break; 7825 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7826 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7827 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7828 else 7829 { 7830 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7831 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7832 } 7833 break; 7834 case VAR_LIST: 7835 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7836 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7837 else 7838 { 7839 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7840 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7841 } 7842 break; 7843 case VAR_DICT: 7844 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7845 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7846 else 7847 { 7848 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7849 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7850 } 7851 break; 7852 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7853 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7854 break; 7855 } 7856 } 7857 7858 /* 7859 * Make a copy of an item. 7860 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7861 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7862 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7863 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7864 */ 7865 int 7866 item_copy( 7867 typval_T *from, 7868 typval_T *to, 7869 int deep, 7870 int copyID) 7871 { 7872 static int recurse = 0; 7873 int ret = OK; 7874 7875 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7876 { 7877 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7878 return FAIL; 7879 } 7880 ++recurse; 7881 7882 switch (from->v_type) 7883 { 7884 case VAR_NUMBER: 7885 case VAR_FLOAT: 7886 case VAR_STRING: 7887 case VAR_FUNC: 7888 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7889 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7890 case VAR_JOB: 7891 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7892 copy_tv(from, to); 7893 break; 7894 case VAR_LIST: 7895 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7896 to->v_lock = 0; 7897 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7898 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7899 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7900 { 7901 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7902 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7903 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7904 } 7905 else 7906 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7907 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7908 ret = FAIL; 7909 break; 7910 case VAR_DICT: 7911 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7912 to->v_lock = 0; 7913 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7914 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7915 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7916 { 7917 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7918 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7919 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7920 } 7921 else 7922 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7923 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7924 ret = FAIL; 7925 break; 7926 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7927 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7928 ret = FAIL; 7929 } 7930 --recurse; 7931 return ret; 7932 } 7933 7934 /* 7935 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7936 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7937 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7938 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7939 */ 7940 void 7941 get_user_input( 7942 typval_T *argvars, 7943 typval_T *rettv, 7944 int inputdialog, 7945 int secret) 7946 { 7947 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7948 char_u *p = NULL; 7949 int c; 7950 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7951 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7952 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7953 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7954 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7955 7956 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7957 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7958 7959 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7960 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7961 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7962 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7963 return; 7964 #endif 7965 7966 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7967 if (prompt != NULL) 7968 { 7969 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7970 * prompt for the command line */ 7971 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7972 if (p == NULL) 7973 p = prompt; 7974 else 7975 { 7976 ++p; 7977 c = *p; 7978 *p = NUL; 7979 msg_start(); 7980 msg_clr_eos(); 7981 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7982 msg_didout = FALSE; 7983 msg_starthere(); 7984 *p = c; 7985 } 7986 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7987 7988 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7989 { 7990 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7991 if (defstr != NULL) 7992 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7993 7994 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7995 { 7996 char_u *xp_name; 7997 int xp_namelen; 7998 long argt; 7999 8000 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8001 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8002 8003 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8004 if (xp_name == NULL) 8005 return; 8006 8007 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8008 8009 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8010 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8011 return; 8012 } 8013 } 8014 8015 if (defstr != NULL) 8016 { 8017 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8018 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8019 rettv->vval.v_string = 8020 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8021 xp_type, xp_arg); 8022 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8023 } 8024 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8025 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8026 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8027 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 8028 &argvars[2], buf)); 8029 8030 vim_free(xp_arg); 8031 8032 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8033 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8034 msg_didout = FALSE; 8035 } 8036 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8037 } 8038 8039 /* 8040 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8041 * newline at the end. 8042 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8043 */ 8044 void 8045 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8046 { 8047 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8048 typval_T rettv; 8049 char_u *tofree; 8050 char_u *p; 8051 int needclr = TRUE; 8052 int atstart = TRUE; 8053 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8054 8055 if (eap->skip) 8056 ++emsg_skip; 8057 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8058 { 8059 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8060 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8061 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8062 8063 p = arg; 8064 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8065 { 8066 /* 8067 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8068 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8069 * exception. 8070 */ 8071 if (!aborting()) 8072 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8073 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8074 break; 8075 } 8076 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8077 8078 if (!eap->skip) 8079 { 8080 if (atstart) 8081 { 8082 atstart = FALSE; 8083 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8084 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8085 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8086 { 8087 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8088 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8089 * at the more prompt. */ 8090 msg_sb_eol(); 8091 msg_start(); 8092 } 8093 } 8094 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8095 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8096 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8097 if (p != NULL) 8098 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8099 { 8100 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8101 { 8102 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8103 { 8104 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8105 msg_clr_eos(); 8106 needclr = FALSE; 8107 } 8108 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8109 } 8110 else 8111 { 8112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8113 if (has_mbyte) 8114 { 8115 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8116 8117 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8118 p += i - 1; 8119 } 8120 else 8121 #endif 8122 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8123 } 8124 } 8125 vim_free(tofree); 8126 } 8127 clear_tv(&rettv); 8128 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8129 } 8130 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8131 8132 if (eap->skip) 8133 --emsg_skip; 8134 else 8135 { 8136 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8137 if (needclr) 8138 msg_clr_eos(); 8139 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8140 msg_end(); 8141 } 8142 } 8143 8144 /* 8145 * ":echohl {name}". 8146 */ 8147 void 8148 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8149 { 8150 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8151 } 8152 8153 /* 8154 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8155 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8156 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8157 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8158 * echo commands 8159 */ 8160 void 8161 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8162 { 8163 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8164 typval_T rettv; 8165 int ret = OK; 8166 char_u *p; 8167 garray_T ga; 8168 int len; 8169 int save_did_emsg; 8170 8171 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8172 8173 if (eap->skip) 8174 ++emsg_skip; 8175 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8176 { 8177 p = arg; 8178 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8179 { 8180 /* 8181 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8182 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8183 * exception. 8184 */ 8185 if (!aborting()) 8186 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8187 ret = FAIL; 8188 break; 8189 } 8190 8191 if (!eap->skip) 8192 { 8193 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8194 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8195 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8196 { 8197 clear_tv(&rettv); 8198 ret = FAIL; 8199 break; 8200 } 8201 if (ga.ga_len) 8202 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8203 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8204 ga.ga_len += len; 8205 } 8206 8207 clear_tv(&rettv); 8208 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8209 } 8210 8211 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8212 { 8213 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8214 { 8215 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8216 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8217 * more prompt. */ 8218 msg_sb_eol(); 8219 } 8220 8221 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8222 { 8223 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8224 out_flush(); 8225 } 8226 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8227 { 8228 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8229 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8230 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8231 if (!force_abort) 8232 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8233 } 8234 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8235 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8236 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8237 } 8238 8239 ga_clear(&ga); 8240 8241 if (eap->skip) 8242 --emsg_skip; 8243 8244 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8245 } 8246 8247 /* 8248 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8249 */ 8250 win_T * 8251 find_win_by_nr( 8252 typval_T *vp, 8253 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8254 { 8255 win_T *wp; 8256 int nr; 8257 8258 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8259 8260 if (nr < 0) 8261 return NULL; 8262 if (nr == 0) 8263 return curwin; 8264 8265 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8266 { 8267 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8268 { 8269 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8270 return wp; 8271 } 8272 else if (--nr <= 0) 8273 break; 8274 } 8275 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8276 return NULL; 8277 return wp; 8278 } 8279 8280 /* 8281 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8282 */ 8283 win_T * 8284 find_tabwin( 8285 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8286 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8287 { 8288 win_T *wp = NULL; 8289 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8290 long n; 8291 8292 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8293 { 8294 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8295 { 8296 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8297 if (n >= 0) 8298 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8299 } 8300 else 8301 tp = curtab; 8302 8303 if (tp != NULL) 8304 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8305 } 8306 else 8307 wp = curwin; 8308 8309 return wp; 8310 } 8311 8312 /* 8313 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8314 */ 8315 void 8316 getwinvar( 8317 typval_T *argvars, 8318 typval_T *rettv, 8319 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8320 { 8321 win_T *win; 8322 char_u *varname; 8323 dictitem_T *v; 8324 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8325 int done = FALSE; 8326 win_T *oldcurwin; 8327 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8328 int need_switch_win; 8329 8330 if (off == 1) 8331 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8332 else 8333 tp = curtab; 8334 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8335 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8336 ++emsg_off; 8337 8338 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8339 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8340 8341 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8342 { 8343 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8344 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8345 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8346 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8347 if (!need_switch_win 8348 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8349 { 8350 if (*varname == '&') 8351 { 8352 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8353 { 8354 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8355 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8356 8357 if (opts != NULL) 8358 { 8359 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8360 done = TRUE; 8361 } 8362 } 8363 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8364 /* window-local-option */ 8365 done = TRUE; 8366 } 8367 else 8368 { 8369 /* Look up the variable. */ 8370 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8371 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8372 varname, FALSE); 8373 if (v != NULL) 8374 { 8375 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8376 done = TRUE; 8377 } 8378 } 8379 } 8380 8381 if (need_switch_win) 8382 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8383 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8384 } 8385 8386 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8387 /* use the default return value */ 8388 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8389 8390 --emsg_off; 8391 } 8392 8393 /* 8394 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8395 */ 8396 void 8397 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8398 { 8399 win_T *win; 8400 win_T *save_curwin; 8401 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8402 int need_switch_win; 8403 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8404 typval_T *varp; 8405 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8406 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8407 8408 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8409 return; 8410 8411 if (off == 1) 8412 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8413 else 8414 tp = curtab; 8415 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8416 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8417 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8418 8419 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8420 { 8421 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8422 if (!need_switch_win 8423 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8424 { 8425 if (*varname == '&') 8426 { 8427 long numval; 8428 char_u *strval; 8429 int error = FALSE; 8430 8431 ++varname; 8432 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8433 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8434 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8435 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8436 } 8437 else 8438 { 8439 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8440 if (winvarname != NULL) 8441 { 8442 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8443 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8444 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8445 vim_free(winvarname); 8446 } 8447 } 8448 } 8449 if (need_switch_win) 8450 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8451 } 8452 } 8453 8454 /* 8455 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8456 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8457 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8458 * after the option name. 8459 */ 8460 static char_u * 8461 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8462 { 8463 char_u *p = *arg; 8464 8465 ++p; 8466 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8467 { 8468 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8469 p += 2; 8470 } 8471 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8472 { 8473 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8474 p += 2; 8475 } 8476 else 8477 *opt_flags = 0; 8478 8479 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8480 return NULL; 8481 *arg = p; 8482 8483 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8484 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8485 else 8486 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8487 ++p; 8488 return p; 8489 } 8490 8491 /* 8492 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8493 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8494 */ 8495 char_u * 8496 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8497 { 8498 char_u *p; 8499 char_u *scriptname; 8500 8501 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8502 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8503 if (scriptname == NULL) 8504 return FALSE; 8505 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8506 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8507 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8508 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8509 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8510 *p = '/'; 8511 return scriptname; 8512 } 8513 8514 /* 8515 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8516 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8517 */ 8518 int 8519 script_autoload( 8520 char_u *name, 8521 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8522 { 8523 char_u *p; 8524 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8525 int ret = FALSE; 8526 int i; 8527 8528 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8529 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8530 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8531 return FALSE; 8532 8533 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8534 8535 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8536 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8537 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8538 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8539 break; 8540 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8541 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8542 else 8543 { 8544 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8545 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8546 { 8547 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8548 tofree = NULL; 8549 } 8550 8551 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8552 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8553 ret = TRUE; 8554 } 8555 8556 vim_free(tofree); 8557 return ret; 8558 } 8559 8560 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8561 typedef enum 8562 { 8563 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8564 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8565 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8566 } var_flavour_T; 8567 8568 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8569 8570 static var_flavour_T 8571 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8572 { 8573 char_u *p = varname; 8574 8575 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8576 { 8577 while (*(++p)) 8578 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8579 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8580 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8581 } 8582 else 8583 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8584 } 8585 #endif 8586 8587 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8588 /* 8589 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8590 */ 8591 int 8592 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8593 { 8594 char_u *tab; 8595 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8596 typval_T tv; 8597 void *save_funccal; 8598 8599 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8600 { 8601 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8602 if (tab != NULL) 8603 { 8604 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8605 switch (*tab) 8606 { 8607 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8608 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8609 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8610 #endif 8611 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8612 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8613 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8614 } 8615 8616 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8617 if (tab != NULL) 8618 { 8619 tv.v_type = type; 8620 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8621 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8622 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8623 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8624 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8625 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8626 #endif 8627 else 8628 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8629 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8630 { 8631 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8632 8633 if (etv == NULL) 8634 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8635 * string. */ 8636 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8637 else 8638 { 8639 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8640 tv = *etv; 8641 vim_free(etv); 8642 } 8643 } 8644 8645 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8646 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8647 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8648 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8649 8650 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8651 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8652 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8653 clear_tv(&tv); 8654 } 8655 } 8656 } 8657 8658 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8659 } 8660 8661 /* 8662 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8663 */ 8664 void 8665 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8666 { 8667 hashitem_T *hi; 8668 dictitem_T *this_var; 8669 int todo; 8670 char *s = ""; 8671 char_u *p; 8672 char_u *tofree; 8673 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8674 8675 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8676 return; 8677 8678 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8679 8680 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8681 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8682 { 8683 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8684 { 8685 --todo; 8686 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8687 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8688 { 8689 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8690 { 8691 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8692 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8693 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8694 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8695 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8696 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8697 8698 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8699 case VAR_FUNC: 8700 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8701 case VAR_JOB: 8702 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8703 continue; 8704 } 8705 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8706 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8707 if (p != NULL) 8708 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8709 vim_free(tofree); 8710 } 8711 } 8712 } 8713 } 8714 #endif 8715 8716 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8717 int 8718 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8719 { 8720 hashitem_T *hi; 8721 dictitem_T *this_var; 8722 int todo; 8723 char_u *p, *t; 8724 8725 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8726 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8727 { 8728 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8729 { 8730 --todo; 8731 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8732 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8733 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8734 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8735 { 8736 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8737 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8738 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8739 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8740 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8741 break; 8742 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8743 if (*t == '\n') 8744 *t = 'n'; 8745 else if (*t == '\r') 8746 *t = 'r'; 8747 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8748 this_var->di_key, 8749 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8750 : ' ', 8751 p, 8752 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8753 : ' ') < 0) 8754 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8755 { 8756 vim_free(p); 8757 return FAIL; 8758 } 8759 vim_free(p); 8760 } 8761 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8762 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8763 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8764 { 8765 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8766 int sign = ' '; 8767 8768 if (f < 0) 8769 { 8770 f = -f; 8771 sign = '-'; 8772 } 8773 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8774 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8775 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8776 return FAIL; 8777 } 8778 #endif 8779 } 8780 } 8781 return OK; 8782 } 8783 #endif 8784 8785 /* 8786 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8787 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8788 */ 8789 void 8790 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8791 { 8792 char_u *p; 8793 8794 if (scriptID != 0) 8795 { 8796 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8797 if (p != NULL) 8798 { 8799 verbose_enter(); 8800 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8801 MSG_PUTS(p); 8802 vim_free(p); 8803 verbose_leave(); 8804 } 8805 } 8806 } 8807 8808 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8809 void 8810 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8811 { 8812 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8813 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8814 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8815 } 8816 8817 /* 8818 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8819 */ 8820 void 8821 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8822 { 8823 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8824 8825 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8826 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8827 { 8828 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8829 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8830 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8831 } 8832 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8833 { 8834 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8835 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8836 } 8837 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8838 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8839 } 8840 8841 /* 8842 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8843 */ 8844 void 8845 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8846 { 8847 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8848 8849 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8850 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8851 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8852 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8853 } 8854 8855 int 8856 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8857 { 8858 garray_T ga; 8859 8860 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8861 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8862 { 8863 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8864 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8865 atype); 8866 assert_error(&ga); 8867 ga_clear(&ga); 8868 return 1; 8869 } 8870 return 0; 8871 } 8872 8873 int 8874 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8875 { 8876 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8877 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8878 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8879 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8880 garray_T ga; 8881 FILE *fd1; 8882 FILE *fd2; 8883 8884 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8885 return 0; 8886 8887 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8888 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8889 if (fd1 == NULL) 8890 { 8891 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8892 } 8893 else 8894 { 8895 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8896 if (fd2 == NULL) 8897 { 8898 fclose(fd1); 8899 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8900 } 8901 else 8902 { 8903 int c1, c2; 8904 long count = 0; 8905 8906 for (;;) 8907 { 8908 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8909 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8910 if (c1 == EOF) 8911 { 8912 if (c2 != EOF) 8913 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8914 break; 8915 } 8916 else if (c2 == EOF) 8917 { 8918 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8919 break; 8920 } 8921 else if (c1 != c2) 8922 { 8923 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8924 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8925 break; 8926 } 8927 ++count; 8928 } 8929 fclose(fd1); 8930 fclose(fd2); 8931 } 8932 } 8933 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8934 { 8935 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8936 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8937 assert_error(&ga); 8938 ga_clear(&ga); 8939 return 1; 8940 } 8941 return 0; 8942 } 8943 8944 int 8945 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8946 { 8947 garray_T ga; 8948 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8949 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8950 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8951 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8952 8953 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8954 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8955 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8956 { 8957 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8958 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8959 atype); 8960 assert_error(&ga); 8961 ga_clear(&ga); 8962 return 1; 8963 } 8964 return 0; 8965 } 8966 8967 int 8968 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8969 { 8970 garray_T ga; 8971 int error = FALSE; 8972 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8973 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8974 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8975 char_u *tofree; 8976 char msg[200]; 8977 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8978 8979 if (error) 8980 return 0; 8981 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8982 { 8983 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8984 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8985 { 8986 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8987 vim_free(tofree); 8988 } 8989 else 8990 { 8991 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8992 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8993 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8994 } 8995 assert_error(&ga); 8996 ga_clear(&ga); 8997 return 1; 8998 } 8999 return 0; 9000 } 9001 9002 /* 9003 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9004 * Return non-zero for failure. 9005 */ 9006 int 9007 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9008 { 9009 int error = FALSE; 9010 garray_T ga; 9011 9012 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9013 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9014 return 0; 9015 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9016 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9017 || error) 9018 { 9019 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9020 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9021 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9022 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9023 assert_error(&ga); 9024 ga_clear(&ga); 9025 return 1; 9026 } 9027 return 0; 9028 } 9029 9030 int 9031 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 9032 { 9033 garray_T ga; 9034 9035 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9036 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 9037 assert_error(&ga); 9038 ga_clear(&ga); 9039 return 1; 9040 } 9041 9042 int 9043 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9044 { 9045 garray_T ga; 9046 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9047 9048 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9049 { 9050 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9051 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9052 assert_error(&ga); 9053 ga_clear(&ga); 9054 return 1; 9055 } 9056 else if (error != NULL 9057 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9058 { 9059 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9060 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9061 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9062 assert_error(&ga); 9063 ga_clear(&ga); 9064 return 1; 9065 } 9066 return 0; 9067 } 9068 9069 int 9070 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9071 { 9072 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9073 garray_T ga; 9074 int ret = 0; 9075 9076 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9077 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9078 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9079 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9080 if (!called_vim_beep) 9081 { 9082 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9083 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9084 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9085 assert_error(&ga); 9086 ga_clear(&ga); 9087 ret = 1; 9088 } 9089 9090 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9091 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9092 return ret; 9093 } 9094 9095 int 9096 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9097 { 9098 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9099 garray_T ga; 9100 int ret = 0; 9101 9102 called_emsg = FALSE; 9103 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9104 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9105 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9106 if (!called_emsg) 9107 { 9108 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9109 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9110 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9111 assert_error(&ga); 9112 ga_clear(&ga); 9113 ret = 1; 9114 } 9115 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9116 { 9117 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9118 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9119 9120 if (error == NULL 9121 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9122 { 9123 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9124 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9125 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9126 assert_error(&ga); 9127 ga_clear(&ga); 9128 ret = 1; 9129 } 9130 } 9131 9132 called_emsg = FALSE; 9133 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9134 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9135 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9136 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9137 return ret; 9138 } 9139 9140 /* 9141 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9142 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9143 */ 9144 static void 9145 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9146 { 9147 char_u *p; 9148 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9149 9150 if (str == NULL) 9151 { 9152 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9153 return; 9154 } 9155 9156 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9157 switch (*p) 9158 { 9159 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9160 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9161 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9162 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9163 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9164 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9165 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9166 default: 9167 if (*p < ' ') 9168 { 9169 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9170 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9171 } 9172 else 9173 ga_append(gap, *p); 9174 break; 9175 } 9176 } 9177 9178 /* 9179 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9180 */ 9181 void 9182 fill_assert_error( 9183 garray_T *gap, 9184 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9185 char_u *exp_str, 9186 typval_T *exp_tv, 9187 typval_T *got_tv, 9188 assert_type_T atype) 9189 { 9190 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9191 char_u *tofree; 9192 9193 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9194 { 9195 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9196 vim_free(tofree); 9197 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9198 } 9199 9200 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9201 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9202 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9203 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9204 else 9205 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9206 if (exp_str == NULL) 9207 { 9208 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9209 vim_free(tofree); 9210 } 9211 else 9212 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9213 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9214 { 9215 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9216 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9217 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9218 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9219 else 9220 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9221 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9222 vim_free(tofree); 9223 } 9224 } 9225 9226 /* 9227 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9228 */ 9229 int 9230 typval_compare( 9231 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9232 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9233 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9234 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9235 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9236 { 9237 int i; 9238 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9239 char_u *s1, *s2; 9240 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9241 9242 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9243 { 9244 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9245 * it means TRUE. */ 9246 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9247 } 9248 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9249 { 9250 if (type_is) 9251 { 9252 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9253 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9254 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9255 n1 = !n1; 9256 } 9257 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9258 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9259 { 9260 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9261 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9262 else 9263 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9264 clear_tv(typ1); 9265 return FAIL; 9266 } 9267 else 9268 { 9269 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9270 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9271 ic, FALSE); 9272 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9273 n1 = !n1; 9274 } 9275 } 9276 9277 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9278 { 9279 if (type_is) 9280 { 9281 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9282 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9283 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9284 n1 = !n1; 9285 } 9286 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9287 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9288 { 9289 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9290 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9291 else 9292 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9293 clear_tv(typ1); 9294 return FAIL; 9295 } 9296 else 9297 { 9298 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9299 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9300 ic, FALSE); 9301 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9302 n1 = !n1; 9303 } 9304 } 9305 9306 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9307 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9308 { 9309 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9310 { 9311 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9312 clear_tv(typ1); 9313 return FAIL; 9314 } 9315 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9316 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9317 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9318 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9319 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9320 n1 = FALSE; 9321 else if (type_is) 9322 { 9323 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9324 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9325 * the same */ 9326 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9327 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9328 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9329 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9330 else 9331 n1 = FALSE; 9332 } 9333 else 9334 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9335 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9336 n1 = !n1; 9337 } 9338 9339 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9340 /* 9341 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9342 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9343 */ 9344 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9345 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9346 { 9347 float_T f1, f2; 9348 9349 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9350 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9351 else 9352 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9353 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9354 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9355 else 9356 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9357 n1 = FALSE; 9358 switch (type) 9359 { 9360 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9361 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9362 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9363 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9364 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9365 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9366 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9367 case TYPE_MATCH: 9368 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9369 } 9370 } 9371 #endif 9372 9373 /* 9374 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9375 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9376 */ 9377 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9378 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9379 { 9380 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9381 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9382 switch (type) 9383 { 9384 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9385 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9386 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9387 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9388 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9389 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9390 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9391 case TYPE_MATCH: 9392 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9393 } 9394 } 9395 else 9396 { 9397 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9398 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9399 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9400 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9401 else 9402 i = 0; 9403 n1 = FALSE; 9404 switch (type) 9405 { 9406 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9407 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9408 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9409 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9410 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9411 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9412 9413 case TYPE_MATCH: 9414 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9415 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9416 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9417 n1 = !n1; 9418 break; 9419 9420 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9421 } 9422 } 9423 clear_tv(typ1); 9424 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9425 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9426 9427 return OK; 9428 } 9429 9430 char_u * 9431 typval_tostring(arg) 9432 typval_T *arg; 9433 { 9434 char_u *tofree; 9435 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9436 char_u *ret = NULL; 9437 9438 if (arg == NULL) 9439 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9440 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9441 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9442 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9443 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9444 return ret; 9445 } 9446 9447 int 9448 var_exists(char_u *var) 9449 { 9450 char_u *name; 9451 char_u *tofree; 9452 typval_T tv; 9453 int len = 0; 9454 int n = FALSE; 9455 9456 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9457 name = var; 9458 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9459 if (len > 0) 9460 { 9461 if (tofree != NULL) 9462 name = tofree; 9463 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9464 if (n) 9465 { 9466 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9467 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9468 if (n) 9469 clear_tv(&tv); 9470 } 9471 } 9472 if (*var != NUL) 9473 n = FALSE; 9474 9475 vim_free(tofree); 9476 return n; 9477 } 9478 9479 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9480 9481 9482 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9483 9484 #ifdef WIN3264 9485 /* 9486 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9487 */ 9488 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9489 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9490 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9491 9492 /* 9493 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9494 * Only works for a valid file name. 9495 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9496 * is put in "bufp". 9497 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9498 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9499 */ 9500 static int 9501 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9502 { 9503 int l, len; 9504 char_u *newbuf; 9505 9506 len = *fnamelen; 9507 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9508 if (l > len - 1) 9509 { 9510 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9511 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9512 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9513 if (newbuf == NULL) 9514 return FAIL; 9515 9516 vim_free(*bufp); 9517 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9518 9519 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9520 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9521 } 9522 9523 *fnamelen = l; 9524 return OK; 9525 } 9526 9527 /* 9528 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9529 * path is returned in "bufp". 9530 * 9531 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9532 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9533 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9534 * 9535 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9536 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9537 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9538 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9539 * 9540 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9541 */ 9542 static int 9543 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9544 char_u **fname, 9545 char_u **bufp, 9546 int *fnamelen) 9547 { 9548 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9549 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9550 char_u ch; 9551 int old_len, len; 9552 int new_len, sfx_len; 9553 int retval = OK; 9554 9555 /* Make a copy */ 9556 old_len = *fnamelen; 9557 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9558 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9559 short_fname = NULL; 9560 9561 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9562 save_endp = endp; 9563 9564 /* 9565 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9566 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9567 */ 9568 len = 0; 9569 for (;;) 9570 { 9571 /* go back one path-separator */ 9572 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9573 --endp; 9574 if (endp <= save_fname) 9575 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9576 9577 /* 9578 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9579 * resulting path. 9580 */ 9581 ch = *endp; 9582 *endp = 0; 9583 short_fname = save_fname; 9584 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9585 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9586 { 9587 retval = FAIL; 9588 goto theend; 9589 } 9590 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9591 9592 if (len > 0) 9593 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9594 9595 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9596 --endp; 9597 } 9598 9599 if (len > 0) 9600 { 9601 /* 9602 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9603 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9604 */ 9605 9606 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9607 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9608 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9609 9610 *fnamelen = new_len; 9611 vim_free(*bufp); 9612 if (new_len > old_len) 9613 { 9614 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9615 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9616 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9617 if (*fname == NULL) 9618 { 9619 retval = FAIL; 9620 goto theend; 9621 } 9622 } 9623 else 9624 { 9625 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9626 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9627 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9628 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9629 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9630 save_fname = NULL; 9631 } 9632 9633 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9634 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9635 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9636 } 9637 9638 theend: 9639 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9640 vim_free(save_fname); 9641 9642 return retval; 9643 } 9644 9645 /* 9646 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9647 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9648 */ 9649 static int 9650 shortpath_for_partial( 9651 char_u **fnamep, 9652 char_u **bufp, 9653 int *fnamelen) 9654 { 9655 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9656 char_u *p; 9657 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9658 int hasTilde; 9659 9660 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9661 * of the path to return. */ 9662 sepcount = 0; 9663 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9664 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9665 ++sepcount; 9666 9667 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9668 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9669 if (hasTilde) 9670 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9671 else 9672 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9673 9674 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9675 9676 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9677 return FAIL; 9678 9679 if (len == 0) 9680 { 9681 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9682 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9683 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9684 */ 9685 len = tflen; 9686 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9687 return FAIL; 9688 } 9689 9690 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9691 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9692 { 9693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9694 if (has_mbyte) 9695 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9696 #endif 9697 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9698 { 9699 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9700 break; 9701 else 9702 sepcount --; 9703 } 9704 } 9705 if (hasTilde) 9706 { 9707 --p; 9708 if (p >= tfname) 9709 *p = '~'; 9710 else 9711 return FAIL; 9712 } 9713 else 9714 ++p; 9715 9716 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9717 vim_free(*bufp); 9718 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9719 *bufp = pbuf; 9720 *fnamep = p; 9721 9722 return OK; 9723 } 9724 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9725 9726 /* 9727 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9728 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9729 * determined by *fnamelen. 9730 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9731 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9732 */ 9733 int 9734 modify_fname( 9735 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9736 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9737 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9738 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9739 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9740 { 9741 int valid = 0; 9742 char_u *tail; 9743 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9744 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9745 int c; 9746 int has_fullname = 0; 9747 #ifdef WIN3264 9748 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9749 int has_shortname = 0; 9750 #endif 9751 9752 repeat: 9753 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9754 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9755 { 9756 has_fullname = 1; 9757 9758 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9759 *usedlen += 2; 9760 9761 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9762 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9763 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9764 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9765 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9766 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9767 # endif 9768 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9769 9770 #endif 9771 ) 9772 { 9773 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9774 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9775 *bufp = *fnamep; 9776 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9777 return -1; 9778 } 9779 9780 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9781 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9782 { 9783 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9784 && p[1] == '.' 9785 && (p[2] == NUL 9786 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9787 || (p[2] == '.' 9788 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9789 break; 9790 } 9791 9792 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9793 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9794 { 9795 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9796 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9797 *bufp = *fnamep; 9798 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9799 return -1; 9800 } 9801 9802 #ifdef WIN3264 9803 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9804 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9805 { 9806 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9807 * file does not have two different names. 9808 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9809 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9810 if (p != NULL) 9811 { 9812 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9813 { 9814 vim_free(*bufp); 9815 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9816 } 9817 else 9818 vim_free(p); 9819 } 9820 } 9821 # endif 9822 #endif 9823 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9824 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9825 { 9826 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9827 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9828 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9829 *bufp = *fnamep; 9830 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9831 return -1; 9832 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9833 } 9834 } 9835 9836 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9837 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9838 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9839 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9840 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9841 { 9842 *usedlen += 2; 9843 if (c == '8') 9844 { 9845 #ifdef WIN3264 9846 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9847 #endif 9848 continue; 9849 } 9850 pbuf = NULL; 9851 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9852 if (!has_fullname) 9853 { 9854 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9855 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9856 else 9857 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9858 } 9859 else 9860 p = *fnamep; 9861 9862 has_fullname = 0; 9863 9864 if (p != NULL) 9865 { 9866 if (c == '.') 9867 { 9868 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9869 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9870 if (s != NULL) 9871 { 9872 *fnamep = s; 9873 if (pbuf != NULL) 9874 { 9875 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9876 *bufp = pbuf; 9877 pbuf = NULL; 9878 } 9879 } 9880 } 9881 else 9882 { 9883 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9884 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9885 if (*dirname == '~') 9886 { 9887 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9888 if (s != NULL) 9889 { 9890 *fnamep = s; 9891 vim_free(*bufp); 9892 *bufp = s; 9893 } 9894 } 9895 } 9896 vim_free(pbuf); 9897 } 9898 } 9899 9900 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9901 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9902 9903 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9904 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9905 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9906 { 9907 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9908 *usedlen += 2; 9909 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9910 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9911 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9912 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9913 #ifdef VMS 9914 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9915 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9916 #endif 9917 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9918 { 9919 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9920 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9921 if (p == NULL) 9922 return -1; 9923 vim_free(*bufp); 9924 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9925 *fnamelen = 1; 9926 } 9927 else 9928 { 9929 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9930 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9931 } 9932 } 9933 9934 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9935 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9936 { 9937 *usedlen += 2; 9938 #ifdef WIN3264 9939 has_shortname = 1; 9940 #endif 9941 } 9942 9943 #ifdef WIN3264 9944 /* 9945 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9946 */ 9947 if (has_shortname) 9948 { 9949 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9950 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9951 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9952 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9953 { 9954 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9955 if (p == NULL) 9956 return -1; 9957 vim_free(*bufp); 9958 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9959 } 9960 9961 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9962 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9963 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9964 { 9965 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9966 return -1; 9967 } 9968 else 9969 { 9970 int l = *fnamelen; 9971 9972 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9973 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9974 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9975 return -1; 9976 9977 if (l == 0) 9978 { 9979 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9980 l = *fnamelen; 9981 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9982 return -1; 9983 } 9984 *fnamelen = l; 9985 } 9986 } 9987 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9988 9989 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9990 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9991 { 9992 *usedlen += 2; 9993 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9994 *fnamep = tail; 9995 } 9996 9997 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9998 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9999 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10000 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 10001 { 10002 /* find a '.' in the tail: 10003 * - for second :e: before the current fname 10004 * - otherwise: The last '.' 10005 */ 10006 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 10007 s = *fnamep - 2; 10008 else 10009 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 10010 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 10011 if (s[0] == '.') 10012 break; 10013 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 10014 { 10015 if (s > tail) 10016 { 10017 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 10018 *fnamep = s + 1; 10019 #ifdef VMS 10020 /* cut version from the extension */ 10021 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 10022 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 10023 if (s[0] == ';') 10024 break; 10025 if (s > *fnamep) 10026 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 10027 #endif 10028 } 10029 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 10030 *fnamelen = 0; 10031 } 10032 else /* :r */ 10033 { 10034 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 10035 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 10036 } 10037 *usedlen += 2; 10038 } 10039 10040 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 10041 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 10042 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10043 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 10044 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 10045 { 10046 char_u *str; 10047 char_u *pat; 10048 char_u *sub; 10049 int sep; 10050 char_u *flags; 10051 int didit = FALSE; 10052 10053 flags = (char_u *)""; 10054 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10055 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10056 { 10057 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10058 ++s; 10059 } 10060 10061 sep = *s++; 10062 if (sep) 10063 { 10064 /* find end of pattern */ 10065 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10066 if (p != NULL) 10067 { 10068 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10069 if (pat != NULL) 10070 { 10071 s = p + 1; 10072 /* find end of substitution */ 10073 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10074 if (p != NULL) 10075 { 10076 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10077 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10078 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10079 { 10080 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10081 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10082 if (s != NULL) 10083 { 10084 *fnamep = s; 10085 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10086 vim_free(*bufp); 10087 *bufp = s; 10088 didit = TRUE; 10089 } 10090 } 10091 vim_free(sub); 10092 vim_free(str); 10093 } 10094 vim_free(pat); 10095 } 10096 } 10097 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10098 if (didit) 10099 goto repeat; 10100 } 10101 } 10102 10103 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10104 { 10105 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10106 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10107 if (c != NUL) 10108 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10109 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10110 if (c != NUL) 10111 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10112 if (p == NULL) 10113 return -1; 10114 vim_free(*bufp); 10115 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10116 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10117 *usedlen += 2; 10118 } 10119 10120 return valid; 10121 } 10122 10123 /* 10124 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10125 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10126 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10127 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10128 */ 10129 char_u * 10130 do_string_sub( 10131 char_u *str, 10132 char_u *pat, 10133 char_u *sub, 10134 typval_T *expr, 10135 char_u *flags) 10136 { 10137 int sublen; 10138 regmatch_T regmatch; 10139 int i; 10140 int do_all; 10141 char_u *tail; 10142 char_u *end; 10143 garray_T ga; 10144 char_u *ret; 10145 char_u *save_cpo; 10146 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10147 10148 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10149 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10150 p_cpo = empty_option; 10151 10152 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10153 10154 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10155 10156 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10157 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10158 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10159 { 10160 tail = str; 10161 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10162 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10163 { 10164 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10165 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10166 { 10167 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10168 { 10169 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10170 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10171 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10172 (size_t)i); 10173 ga.ga_len += i; 10174 tail += i; 10175 continue; 10176 } 10177 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10178 } 10179 10180 /* 10181 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10182 * into. It will contain: 10183 * - The text up to where the match is. 10184 * - The substituted text. 10185 * - The text after the match. 10186 */ 10187 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10188 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10189 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10190 { 10191 ga_clear(&ga); 10192 break; 10193 } 10194 10195 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10196 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10197 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10198 /* add the substituted text */ 10199 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10200 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10201 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10202 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10203 if (*tail == NUL) 10204 break; 10205 if (!do_all) 10206 break; 10207 } 10208 10209 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10210 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10211 10212 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10213 } 10214 10215 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10216 ga_clear(&ga); 10217 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10218 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10219 else 10220 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10221 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10222 10223 return ret; 10224 } 10225 10226 static int 10227 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10228 { 10229 typval_T rettv; 10230 typval_T argv[3]; 10231 int retval = FAIL; 10232 10233 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10234 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10235 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10236 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10237 goto theend; 10238 if (map) 10239 { 10240 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10241 clear_tv(tv); 10242 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10243 *tv = rettv; 10244 } 10245 else 10246 { 10247 int error = FALSE; 10248 10249 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10250 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10251 clear_tv(&rettv); 10252 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10253 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10254 if (error) 10255 goto theend; 10256 } 10257 retval = OK; 10258 theend: 10259 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10260 return retval; 10261 } 10262 10263 10264 /* 10265 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10266 */ 10267 void 10268 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10269 { 10270 typval_T *expr; 10271 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10272 list_T *l = NULL; 10273 dictitem_T *di; 10274 hashtab_T *ht; 10275 hashitem_T *hi; 10276 dict_T *d = NULL; 10277 typval_T save_val; 10278 typval_T save_key; 10279 int rem; 10280 int todo; 10281 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10282 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10283 : N_("filter() argument")); 10284 int save_did_emsg; 10285 int idx = 0; 10286 10287 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10288 { 10289 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10290 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10291 return; 10292 } 10293 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10294 { 10295 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10296 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10297 return; 10298 } 10299 else 10300 { 10301 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10302 return; 10303 } 10304 10305 expr = &argvars[1]; 10306 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10307 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10308 * was not passed as argument. */ 10309 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10310 { 10311 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10312 10313 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10314 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10315 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10316 did_emsg = FALSE; 10317 10318 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10319 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10320 { 10321 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10322 10323 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10324 hash_lock(ht); 10325 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10326 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10327 { 10328 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10329 { 10330 int r; 10331 10332 --todo; 10333 di = HI2DI(hi); 10334 if (map && 10335 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10336 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10337 break; 10338 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10339 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10340 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10341 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10342 break; 10343 if (!map && rem) 10344 { 10345 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10346 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10347 break; 10348 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10349 } 10350 } 10351 } 10352 hash_unlock(ht); 10353 } 10354 else 10355 { 10356 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10357 10358 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10359 { 10360 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10361 break; 10362 nli = li->li_next; 10363 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10364 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10365 || did_emsg) 10366 break; 10367 if (!map && rem) 10368 listitem_remove(l, li); 10369 ++idx; 10370 } 10371 } 10372 10373 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10374 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10375 10376 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10377 } 10378 10379 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10380 } 10381 10382 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10383